1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15381 46545))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil
)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil
)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil
)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil
)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
42 Mutate the result." t nil
)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil
)
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67 This version was built on Date: 2002/05/21 11:58:02 .
69 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
72 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
73 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
75 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
76 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
78 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
79 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
81 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
83 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
84 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
86 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
87 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
89 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
90 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
91 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
92 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
93 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
96 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
98 If you use find-file.el:
99 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
101 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
102 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
103 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
105 If you use ada-xref.el:
106 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
107 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
108 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil
)
112 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
113 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
116 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
117 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil
)
121 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
122 ;;;;;; (15685 64561))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
125 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
126 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
127 Completion is available." t nil
)
131 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
132 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
133 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
134 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15683 14753))
135 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
138 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
142 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
143 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
144 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
145 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
146 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
148 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
149 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil
)
151 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
152 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
154 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
155 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
156 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
157 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
159 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
160 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
161 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
163 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
164 current buffer to the complete file name.
165 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil
)
167 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
189 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil
)
192 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
193 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
194 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
195 the change log file in another window." t nil
)
196 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
198 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
199 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
200 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
201 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
202 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
203 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil
)
205 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
206 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
208 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
209 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
211 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
212 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
214 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
215 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
217 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
218 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
220 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
221 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
222 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
223 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
224 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
226 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil
)
228 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands).
233 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
234 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil
)
236 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
237 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil
)
241 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
242 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15656
244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
246 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
247 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
248 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
249 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
250 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
251 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
252 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
253 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
254 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
255 interpreted as `error'.")
257 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
258 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
259 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
260 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
261 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
262 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
263 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
264 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
267 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
268 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
269 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
270 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
271 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
272 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
273 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
274 will be overwritten with the new one.
275 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
276 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
277 will clear the cache." nil nil
)
279 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
280 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
281 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
283 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
284 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
287 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
288 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
289 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
290 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
291 see also `ad-add-advice'.
292 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
293 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
294 before/around/after-advices will be used.
295 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
296 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
297 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
298 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
299 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
300 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
302 Semantics of the various flags:
303 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
304 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
305 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
307 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
308 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
310 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
311 advised function should be compiled.
313 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
314 during activation until somebody enables it.
316 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
317 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
318 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
319 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
321 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
322 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
323 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
324 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
325 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
328 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil
(quote macro
))
332 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
333 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
334 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15567 23556))
335 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
337 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
338 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
339 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
340 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
341 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
342 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
343 rule's `separate' attribute).
345 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
346 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
347 `separate' attribute set.
349 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
350 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
351 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
352 on the format of these lists." t nil
)
354 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
355 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
356 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
357 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
358 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
359 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
360 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
361 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
362 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
363 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
366 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
367 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
371 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
374 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
375 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
376 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil
)
378 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
379 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
380 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
381 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
382 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
383 align that section." t nil
)
385 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
386 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
387 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
388 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
389 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
390 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
391 been used to align that section." t nil
)
393 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
394 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
395 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
396 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
397 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
398 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
399 to be colored." t nil
)
401 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
402 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil
)
404 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
405 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil
)
409 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
410 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15727 34847))
411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
413 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
415 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
416 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
417 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
418 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
419 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
420 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil
)
422 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil
)
424 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) (quote file-remote-p
) t
)
428 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
429 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15220 9096))
430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
432 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
433 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
434 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
435 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
436 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
437 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
438 in the current window." nil nil
)
440 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
441 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
442 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil
)
444 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
445 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil
)
449 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
450 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15583 13478))
451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
453 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
454 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil
)
456 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
457 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
459 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
460 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
461 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
462 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
464 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
465 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
467 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil
)
471 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
472 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15408 52215))
473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
475 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
476 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
477 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
478 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
479 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
482 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
483 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
484 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
487 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
488 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
489 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
490 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil
)
492 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
493 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
494 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil
)
496 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
497 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
498 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil
)
502 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
503 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
504 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
505 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15708 56871))
506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
508 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
509 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
510 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
511 as the first thing on a line.")
513 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
514 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
516 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
517 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
519 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
520 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
522 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
523 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
525 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
526 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
528 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
529 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
531 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
532 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
533 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
535 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
536 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
537 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil
)
539 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
540 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil
)
542 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
543 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
544 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
545 put in the appointments list.
549 10:00am group meeting
550 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
551 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
552 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil
)
556 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
557 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15727
559 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
561 (autoload (quote apropos-mode
) "apropos" "\
562 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
564 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil
)
566 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
567 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
568 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
569 normal variables." t nil
)
571 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
573 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
574 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
575 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
576 noninteractive functions.
578 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
579 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil
)
581 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
582 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
583 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
584 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
585 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
587 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
588 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
589 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
590 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
591 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil
)
593 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
594 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
595 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
596 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
598 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
602 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15591
604 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
606 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
607 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
608 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
609 Letters no longer insert themselves.
610 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
611 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
613 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
614 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
617 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil
)
621 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15425 19755))
622 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
624 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
625 Major mode for editing arrays.
627 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
628 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
629 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
631 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
633 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
634 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
635 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
637 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
638 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
639 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
640 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
643 Variables you assign:
644 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
645 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
646 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
647 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
648 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
649 row numbers in the buffer.
651 Variables which are calculated:
652 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
653 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
655 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
656 take a numeric prefix argument):
658 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
659 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
660 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
661 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
663 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
664 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
665 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
666 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
668 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
669 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
670 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
671 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
673 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
674 between that of point and mark.
676 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
677 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
679 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
680 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
681 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
682 newlines inside rows)
684 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
686 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil
)
690 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15651
692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
694 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
695 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
696 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
697 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
699 How to quit artist mode
701 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
704 How to submit a bug report
706 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
709 Drawing with the mouse:
712 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
713 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
717 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
720 Operation Not shifted Shifted
721 --------------------------------------------------------------
722 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
724 --------------------------------------------------------------
725 Line Line in any direction Straight line
726 --------------------------------------------------------------
727 Rectangle Rectangle Square
728 --------------------------------------------------------------
729 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
730 --------------------------------------------------------------
731 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
732 --------------------------------------------------------------
733 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
734 --------------------------------------------------------------
735 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
736 --------------------------------------------------------------
737 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
738 --------------------------------------------------------------
739 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
741 --------------------------------------------------------------
742 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
743 --------------------------------------------------------------
744 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
745 --------------------------------------------------------------
747 --------------------------------------------------------------
748 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
749 --------------------------------------------------------------
751 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
754 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
755 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
756 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
757 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
760 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
761 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
762 overwrite means the opposite.
764 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
765 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
766 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
768 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
770 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
771 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
773 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
774 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
775 are currently drawing something.
777 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
781 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
782 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
787 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
789 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
791 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
793 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
795 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
796 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
798 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
803 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
804 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
805 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
806 When erase characters: toggles erasing
807 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
810 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
812 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
814 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
815 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
816 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
817 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
818 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
819 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
824 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
825 of the line/poly-line
827 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
828 of the line/poly-line
833 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
835 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
836 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
837 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
838 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
839 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
840 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
841 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
842 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
843 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
844 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
845 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
846 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
847 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
848 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
849 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
850 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
851 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
852 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
853 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
854 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
859 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
860 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
862 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
863 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
864 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
865 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
866 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
867 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
868 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
869 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
870 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
871 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
872 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
873 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
874 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
875 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
876 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
877 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
878 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
879 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
880 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
884 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
885 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
890 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil
)
894 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
898 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
899 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
900 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
902 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
903 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
904 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
905 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
907 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
908 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
910 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
911 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
913 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
921 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
922 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
925 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
928 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
929 This command is obsolete." t nil
)
933 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
934 ;;;;;; (14651 24723))
935 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
937 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
938 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
939 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
941 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
943 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg
) (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
945 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
947 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
948 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
949 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
951 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
952 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
953 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
954 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
955 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
956 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
959 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
960 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
961 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
962 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
963 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
965 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil
)
967 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
968 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
969 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
971 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
973 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp
) (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
975 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
977 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
978 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
979 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
980 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
981 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
982 &c to supply digit arguments.
984 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil
)
988 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
989 ;;;;;; (15327 25266))
990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
992 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
993 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil
)
997 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
998 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15567 16400))
999 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1001 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1002 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1003 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil
)
1005 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1006 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1007 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1008 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil
)
1010 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1011 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1012 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1013 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1014 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1016 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert
) (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1018 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote autoinsert
))
1020 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1021 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1022 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1023 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1025 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1026 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil
)
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1031 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1032 ;;;;;; (15688 41019))
1033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1035 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1036 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1037 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1038 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil
)
1040 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories
) "autoload" "\
1041 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1042 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil
)
1044 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1045 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1046 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil
)
1050 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1051 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 21129))
1052 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1054 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1055 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1056 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1058 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1059 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1061 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1062 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1063 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil
)
1065 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1066 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1068 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1069 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil
)
1071 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1072 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1073 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1074 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1075 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1077 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert
) (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1079 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote autorevert
))
1081 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1082 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1084 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1085 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1086 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil
)
1090 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1091 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15197 22088))
1092 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1094 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1095 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1096 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1098 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1100 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid
) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1102 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote avoid
))
1104 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1105 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1106 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1107 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1109 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1110 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1111 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1113 Effects of the different modes:
1114 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1115 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1116 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1117 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1118 a random distance & direction.
1119 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1120 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1121 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1123 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1125 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1126 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1127 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil
)
1131 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15303
1133 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1135 (autoload (quote awk-mode
) "awk-mode" "\
1136 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1137 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1138 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1139 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1141 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil
)
1145 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1146 ;;;;;; (15251 14241))
1147 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1149 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1150 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1152 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1153 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1157 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1158 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1159 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1160 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1162 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil
(quote macro
))
1164 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1168 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1169 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1170 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1172 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1173 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1174 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1175 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil
)
1177 (autoload (quote display-battery
) "battery" "\
1178 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1179 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1180 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1181 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1186 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15727
1188 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1190 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1191 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1193 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1194 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1195 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1196 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
1200 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1202 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1203 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1204 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1205 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1206 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1208 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1209 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1210 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1211 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1212 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1213 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1215 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1216 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1220 Special information:
1222 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1224 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1225 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1226 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1227 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1228 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1229 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1231 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1232 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1234 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1235 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1236 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1237 bibtex-entry-format.
1238 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1239 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1240 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1242 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1243 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1245 The following may be of interest as well:
1253 bibtex-complete-string
1255 bibtex-print-help-message
1256 bibtex-generate-autokey
1257 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1259 bibtex-reposition-window
1261 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1263 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1269 bibtex-convert-alien
1272 bibtex-field-delimiters
1273 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1274 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1275 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1277 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1278 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1279 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1280 bibtex-predefined-strings
1283 ---------------------------------------------------------
1284 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1287 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil
)
1291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15455 34046))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1294 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1298 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15393
1300 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1302 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1304 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1308 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1309 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1310 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1311 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1312 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1317 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1318 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1321 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1324 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1325 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1327 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1328 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1330 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1331 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1332 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1333 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1334 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1335 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1339 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1341 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1342 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1343 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1344 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1346 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1347 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1348 denoted by the letter `R'.
1350 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1351 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1352 denoted by the letter `H'.
1354 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1357 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1358 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1359 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1360 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1361 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1362 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1365 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1366 degree deflection it causes.
1369 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1370 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1371 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1372 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1374 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1375 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1376 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1379 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1380 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1383 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1384 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1385 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1386 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1387 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1388 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1390 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1392 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1393 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1394 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1395 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1396 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1397 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1398 emerging from the box.
1400 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1402 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1403 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1404 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1405 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1406 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1407 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1408 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1409 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1411 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1412 a reflection." t nil
)
1416 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1417 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1418 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1419 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1420 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1421 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15625 11767))
1422 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1423 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1424 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1425 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1427 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1428 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1429 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1430 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1431 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1432 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1434 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map
))
1436 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" (quote bookmark-set
))
1438 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" (quote bookmark-set
))
1440 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1442 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1444 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" (quote bookmark-insert
))
1446 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" (quote edit-bookmarks
))
1448 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1450 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" (quote bookmark-rename
))
1452 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" (quote bookmark-delete
))
1454 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" (quote bookmark-load
))
1456 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" (quote bookmark-write
))
1458 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" (quote bookmark-save
))
1460 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1461 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1462 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1463 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1464 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1465 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1466 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1467 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1470 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1471 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1472 yank successive words.
1474 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1475 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1476 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1477 name of the file being visited.
1479 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1480 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1481 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil
)
1483 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1484 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1485 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1486 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1487 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1490 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1491 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1492 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1493 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil
)
1495 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1496 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1497 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1498 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1499 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil
)
1501 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1502 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1503 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1504 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil
)
1506 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1508 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1509 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1510 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1511 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1513 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1514 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1515 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1517 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1518 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1521 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1522 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1523 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1524 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1525 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1528 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1529 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1530 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1531 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1532 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1533 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1534 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1535 probably because we were called from there." t nil
)
1537 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1538 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1539 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil
)
1541 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1542 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1543 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1544 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1547 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1548 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1549 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1550 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1551 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1553 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1554 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1555 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1556 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil
)
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1559 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1560 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1561 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1562 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1565 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1566 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1567 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1568 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1569 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1572 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1573 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1574 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1575 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil
)
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1578 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1579 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1580 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1581 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil
)
1583 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1585 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1587 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1588 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1589 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1590 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1591 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1594 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1595 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1596 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1598 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1599 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1600 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1601 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1602 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1605 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1606 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1607 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1609 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate
) "bookmark" "\
1610 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1611 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1613 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1614 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1615 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1617 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1618 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1619 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1620 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1621 prompts for NEWNAME.
1622 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1623 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1624 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1626 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1627 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1630 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1631 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1632 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1634 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1635 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1636 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1637 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1638 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1639 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1641 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1642 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1643 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1645 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1647 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
)))
1649 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1651 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1653 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1655 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1657 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1659 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1661 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1663 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1665 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1667 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1671 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1672 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1673 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1674 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1675 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1676 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1677 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1678 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1679 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1680 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1681 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15683 14757))
1682 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1684 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1685 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1686 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1687 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1689 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1690 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1691 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1692 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1693 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1695 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1696 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1698 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1699 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1701 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1702 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1703 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1704 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1705 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1707 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1708 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1709 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1711 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1712 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1714 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1715 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1716 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1717 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1718 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1719 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1721 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1722 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1723 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1724 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1727 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1728 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1730 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1731 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1733 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1734 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1735 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1736 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1738 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1739 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1740 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1741 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1743 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1744 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1745 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1746 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1747 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1750 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1751 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1752 Default to the URL around or before point.
1754 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1755 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1756 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1757 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1759 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1760 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1762 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1763 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil)
1765 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1766 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1767 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1768 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1770 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1771 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1772 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1773 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1775 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1776 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1778 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1779 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1780 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1781 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1783 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1784 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1785 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1786 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1788 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1789 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1791 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1792 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1793 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1794 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1796 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1797 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1798 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1799 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1801 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1802 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1803 new tab in an existing window instead.
1805 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1806 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1808 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1809 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1810 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1811 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1813 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1814 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1815 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1816 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1818 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1819 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1821 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1822 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1824 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1825 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1826 program is invoked according to the variable
1827 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1829 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1830 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1831 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1832 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1834 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1835 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1837 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1838 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1839 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1841 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1842 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1843 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1844 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1846 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1847 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1848 Default to the URL around or before point.
1850 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1851 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1852 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1854 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1855 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1856 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1857 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1859 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1860 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1862 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1863 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1864 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1866 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1867 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1868 Default to the URL around or before point.
1870 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1871 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1872 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1874 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1875 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1877 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1878 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1879 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1880 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1882 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1883 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1884 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1885 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1886 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1888 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1889 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1890 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1891 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1893 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1894 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1895 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1896 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1898 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1899 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1901 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1902 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1903 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1905 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1906 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1907 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1908 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1909 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1912 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1913 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1914 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1915 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1917 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1918 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1920 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1921 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1922 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1923 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1924 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1925 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1927 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1928 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1929 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1933 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15387
1935 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1937 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1938 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1940 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1941 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1945 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1946 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15727 34856))
1947 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1949 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1950 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1951 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1952 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1954 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1955 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1956 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1957 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1959 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1960 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1962 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1963 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1965 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1966 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1967 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1968 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1970 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1971 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1972 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1973 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1974 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1978 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1979 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15412
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1983 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1984 Keymap used by buttons.")
1986 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1987 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1988 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1990 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1991 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1992 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1993 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1994 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1995 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
1997 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
1998 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
1999 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2000 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
2002 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2003 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2004 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2005 specifying properties to add to the button.
2006 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2007 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2008 `define-button-type'.
2010 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
2012 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2013 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2014 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2015 specifying properties to add to the button.
2016 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2017 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2018 `define-button-type'.
2020 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
2022 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2023 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2024 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2025 specifying properties to add to the button.
2026 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2027 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2028 `define-button-type'.
2030 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2031 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2032 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2035 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
2037 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2038 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2039 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2040 specifying properties to add to the button.
2041 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2042 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2043 `define-button-type'.
2045 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2046 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2047 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2048 `insert-text-button'.
2050 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
2054 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2055 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2056 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2057 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2058 ;;;;;; (15727 34849))
2059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2061 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2062 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2063 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
2065 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2066 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2067 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2068 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2070 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2071 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2072 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2073 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2074 whether to compile it.
2076 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2078 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2079 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2081 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2082 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2083 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2084 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2085 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2087 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2088 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2089 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2090 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2092 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2093 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2094 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2096 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2097 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2098 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2099 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2100 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2101 all functions called by those functions.
2103 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2104 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2107 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2108 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2109 invoked interactively." t nil)
2111 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2112 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2113 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2114 it won't work in an interactive Emacs." nil nil)
2116 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2117 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2118 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2119 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2120 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2121 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2122 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2123 already up-to-date." nil nil)
2125 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2126 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2127 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2128 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15186 39912))
2133 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2135 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2137 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2141 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2142 ;;;;;; (15683 14756))
2143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2145 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2146 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2147 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2148 from the cursor position." t nil)
2152 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2153 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2154 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15698
2156 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2158 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2159 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2161 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2162 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2164 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2165 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2166 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2167 If nil, use original installation directory.
2168 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2170 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2171 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2173 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2174 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2176 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2177 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2178 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2180 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2181 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details." t nil)
2183 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2184 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\"." t nil)
2186 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2187 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window." t nil)
2189 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2190 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator." t nil)
2192 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2193 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2194 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2195 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form." nil nil)
2197 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2198 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2199 This is most useful in the X window system.
2200 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2201 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press." t nil)
2203 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2204 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2205 See calc-keypad for details." t nil)
2207 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2208 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2210 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2211 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2213 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2214 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point." t nil)
2216 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2217 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2218 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto." t nil)
2220 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" nil nil (quote macro))
2224 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2225 ;;;;;; (15605 43432))
2226 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2228 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2229 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc." nil nil)
2233 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15453
2235 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2237 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2238 Run the Emacs calculator.
2239 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2243 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2244 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2245 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2246 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2247 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2248 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2249 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2250 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2251 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2252 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2253 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2254 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2255 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2256 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2257 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2258 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2259 ;;;;;; (15533 28773))
2260 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2262 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2263 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2264 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2266 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2267 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2268 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2269 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2272 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2273 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2274 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2275 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2276 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2278 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2279 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2280 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2281 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2282 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2283 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2284 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2286 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2287 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2288 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2289 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2290 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2292 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2293 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2294 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2296 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2297 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2298 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2300 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2301 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2302 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2304 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2305 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2306 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2309 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2310 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2311 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2313 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2314 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2315 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2317 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2319 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2320 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2321 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2323 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2326 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2327 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2328 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2330 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2333 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2334 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2335 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2337 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2338 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2339 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2340 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2341 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2343 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2344 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2345 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2346 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2347 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2348 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2349 a function is also provided for this:
2350 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2352 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2353 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2354 date is not visible in the window.
2356 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2357 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2358 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2360 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2361 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2363 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2364 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2365 date is visible in the window.
2367 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2368 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2369 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2371 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2372 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2376 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2378 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2380 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2381 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2383 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2391 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2392 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2393 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2394 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2395 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2396 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2397 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2398 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2401 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2402 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2403 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2411 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2412 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2414 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2415 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2416 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2417 window but will appear in a diary window.
2419 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2420 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2422 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2423 entries (in the default American style):
2425 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2426 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2427 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2429 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2430 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2431 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2432 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2433 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2434 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2435 &* 15 time cards due.
2437 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2438 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2439 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2443 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2444 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2445 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2446 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2447 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2448 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2450 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2451 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2452 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2454 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2456 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2458 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2459 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2460 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2461 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2462 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2463 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2464 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2465 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2466 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2468 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2469 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2470 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2471 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2472 for these functions for details.
2474 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2475 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2477 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2478 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2480 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2481 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2483 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2484 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2486 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2487 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2488 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2490 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2491 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2492 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2494 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2495 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2496 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2497 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2499 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2500 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2501 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2502 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2510 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2511 characters with or without a period.")
2513 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2514 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2515 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2517 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2518 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2519 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2521 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2522 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2523 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2525 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2526 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2527 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2529 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2530 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2531 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2532 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2533 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2534 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2536 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2537 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2538 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2540 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2541 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2542 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2545 #include \"filename\"
2547 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2548 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2549 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2550 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2551 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2553 For example, you could use
2555 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2556 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2557 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2559 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2560 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2561 lexicographic order.")
2563 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2564 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2565 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2567 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2568 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2569 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2572 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2573 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2574 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2575 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2576 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2577 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2578 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2580 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2581 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2582 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2583 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2584 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2585 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2586 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2587 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2589 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2590 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2591 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2592 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2593 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2594 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2596 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2597 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2599 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2600 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2601 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2603 #include \"filename\"
2604 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2605 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2606 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2607 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2608 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2610 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2611 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2612 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2613 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2614 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2615 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2617 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2618 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2619 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2622 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2623 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2624 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2625 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2626 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2628 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2630 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2631 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2632 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2634 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2636 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2638 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2640 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2642 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2644 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2646 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2648 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2649 *User defined holidays.
2650 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2652 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2654 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2656 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2658 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2660 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2662 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2664 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2666 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2668 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2670 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2672 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2674 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2676 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2677 *Christian holidays.
2678 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2680 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2682 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2684 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2686 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2688 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2689 *Sun-related holidays.
2690 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2692 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2694 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2695 The frame set up of the calendar.
2696 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2697 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2698 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2699 any other value the current frame is used.")
2701 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2702 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2703 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
2705 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
2706 See the documentation of that function for more information." t nil)
2710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15556 56060))
2711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2713 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2714 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2716 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2717 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2719 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2720 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2722 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2723 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2725 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2726 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2728 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2729 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2733 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2734 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2735 ;;;;;; (15613 3383))
2736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2738 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2740 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2741 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2742 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2743 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2744 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2745 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2747 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2749 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2750 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2754 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2756 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2757 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2758 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2759 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2760 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2761 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2764 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2766 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2767 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2768 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2771 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2773 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2774 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2775 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2776 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2777 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2778 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2781 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2783 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2784 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2788 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2790 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2791 Major mode for editing Java code.
2792 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2793 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2794 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2795 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2798 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2800 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2801 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2802 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2803 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2804 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2807 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2809 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2810 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2811 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2812 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2813 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2814 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2817 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2819 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2820 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2821 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2824 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2826 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2827 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2828 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2829 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2830 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2831 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2834 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2836 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2837 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2838 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2841 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2845 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2846 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15623 552))
2847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2849 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2850 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2851 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2852 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2853 for details of setting up styles.
2855 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2858 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
2859 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2860 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2861 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2864 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
2865 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
2866 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
2867 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
2868 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
2871 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
2872 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
2873 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
2874 when used elsewhere." t nil)
2876 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2877 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2878 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2879 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2881 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2883 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2884 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2885 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2887 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2888 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2889 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2890 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2891 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15556 56060))
2896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2898 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2899 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2900 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2901 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2902 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2904 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2905 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2907 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2912 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2913 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2914 ;;;;;; (15669 59919))
2915 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2917 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2918 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2920 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2921 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2923 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2924 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2926 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2927 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2928 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2929 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2932 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2934 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2935 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2937 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2938 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2942 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2943 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2944 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2947 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2948 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2949 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2950 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2952 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2953 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2956 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2958 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2960 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2963 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2964 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
2966 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2967 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2968 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2971 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2973 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2974 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2975 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2977 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2979 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2981 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2982 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2984 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2988 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2990 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2992 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2993 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2996 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2997 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3000 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3002 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3003 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3004 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3005 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3006 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3007 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3008 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3009 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3010 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3011 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3012 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3013 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3014 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3015 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3016 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3017 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3020 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3021 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3023 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3024 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3026 | (write EXPRESSION)
3027 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3028 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3031 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3034 ;; Same as: (write string)
3036 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3037 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3038 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3041 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3042 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3043 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3044 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3045 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3046 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3048 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3049 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3051 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3054 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3055 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3056 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3058 ARG := REG | integer
3061 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3064 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3067 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3070 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3071 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3074 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3075 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3076 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3079 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3080 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3081 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3084 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3085 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3087 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3088 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3089 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3092 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3093 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3096 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3097 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3099 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3102 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3106 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3107 ;; Same meaning as C code
3108 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3110 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3115 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3116 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3119 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3120 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3124 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3128 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3129 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3130 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3132 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3133 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3134 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-hash-translation-table'.
3136 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3137 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3138 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3139 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3140 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3142 " nil (quote macro))
3144 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3145 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3146 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3147 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3148 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3149 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
3151 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3152 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3153 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3155 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
3159 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3160 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3161 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3162 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3163 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3164 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3165 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3166 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3167 ;;;;;; (15702 53007))
3168 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3170 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3171 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3172 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3173 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3175 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3176 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3177 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3178 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3179 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3180 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3181 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3182 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3184 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3185 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3186 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3187 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3188 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3189 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3190 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3191 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3193 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3194 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3195 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3196 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3197 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3199 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3200 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3201 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3202 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3203 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3205 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3206 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3207 Only documentation strings are checked.
3208 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3209 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3210 a separate buffer." t nil)
3212 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3213 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3214 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3215 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3216 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3218 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3219 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3220 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3221 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3222 if there is one." t nil)
3224 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3225 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3226 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3227 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3229 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3231 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3232 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3233 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3235 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3236 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3237 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3238 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3239 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3241 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3242 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3243 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3244 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3245 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3246 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3248 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3249 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3250 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3251 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3253 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3254 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3255 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3256 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3258 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3259 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3260 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3261 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3263 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3264 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3265 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3266 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3268 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3269 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3270 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3271 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3273 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3274 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3275 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3276 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3278 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3279 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3280 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3281 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3283 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3284 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3285 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3286 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3288 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3289 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3290 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3291 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3293 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3294 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3295 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3297 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3298 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3299 checking of documentation strings.
3301 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3305 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3306 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15391
3308 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3310 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3311 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3312 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3314 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3315 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3317 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3318 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3319 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3321 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3322 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3326 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3327 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15569 44237))
3328 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3330 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3331 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3332 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3333 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3334 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3335 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3337 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3338 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3339 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3340 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3341 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3343 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3345 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3346 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3347 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3348 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3349 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3351 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3352 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3353 \\{command-history-map}
3355 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3356 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15666 1371))
3361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3363 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3364 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3365 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3366 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3367 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3368 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3370 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3371 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3375 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3376 ;;;;;; (15738 35331))
3377 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3379 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3383 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3384 ;;;;;; (15250 27620))
3385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3387 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3388 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3389 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3390 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3392 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3393 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3394 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3396 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3397 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3401 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15394
3403 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3405 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3406 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3407 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3408 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3409 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3410 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3411 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3412 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3416 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3417 ;;;;;; (15591 63983))
3418 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3420 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3421 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3422 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3423 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3424 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3425 ?* is used." nil (quote macro))
3429 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3430 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3431 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15507 55753))
3432 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3434 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3435 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3436 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3439 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3440 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3441 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3442 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3444 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3445 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3446 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3448 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3449 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3450 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3452 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3453 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3454 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3456 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3457 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3459 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3460 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3461 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3463 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3464 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3466 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3467 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3469 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3470 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3471 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3475 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3476 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3477 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3478 ;;;;;; (15727 34856))
3479 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3481 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3482 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3483 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3484 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3485 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3486 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3487 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3488 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3490 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3492 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3493 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3494 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3495 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3496 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3497 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3498 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3499 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3501 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3503 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3504 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3505 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3506 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3507 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3508 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3510 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3511 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3512 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3514 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3516 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3517 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3518 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3520 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3522 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3523 Send COMMAND to current process.
3524 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3525 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3527 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3528 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3529 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3530 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3534 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15669
3536 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3538 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3539 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3540 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3541 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3543 This command pushes the mark in each window
3544 at the prior location of point in that window.
3545 If both windows display the same buffer,
3546 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3547 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3549 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3550 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3551 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3555 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3556 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3557 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3558 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15738 35332))
3559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3561 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3562 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3564 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3565 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3567 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3568 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3569 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3570 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3571 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3573 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3574 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3575 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3576 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3577 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3579 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3580 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3581 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3582 describing how the process finished.")
3584 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3585 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3586 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3587 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3589 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3590 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3591 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3593 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3594 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3595 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3596 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3598 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3599 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3600 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3601 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3603 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3604 and move to the source code that caused it.
3606 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3607 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3609 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3610 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3611 Then start the next one.
3613 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3614 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3615 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3617 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3618 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3619 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3620 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3621 where grep found matches.
3623 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3624 easily repeat a grep command.
3626 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3627 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3628 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3629 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3631 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3632 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3633 Collect output in a buffer.
3634 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3635 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3637 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3638 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3640 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
3641 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
3642 Collect output in a buffer.
3643 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
3644 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
3645 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
3646 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
3647 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
3649 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3650 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3652 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3653 easily repeat a find command.
3655 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
3656 those sub directories of DIR." t nil)
3658 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3659 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3660 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3661 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3662 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3664 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3666 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3667 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3668 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3669 See `compilation-mode'.
3670 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3672 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3673 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3674 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3675 See `compilation-mode'.
3676 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3678 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3679 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3681 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3682 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3684 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3685 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3686 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3687 and start at the first error.
3689 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3690 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3691 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3692 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3693 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3694 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3696 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3697 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3698 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3700 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3701 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3702 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3706 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3707 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
3708 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3710 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3711 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3712 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3714 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3716 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3718 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3720 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3721 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3722 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3724 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3725 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3726 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3727 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3729 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3730 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3731 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3732 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3734 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3735 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3736 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3737 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3741 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3742 ;;;;;; (15707 34351))
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3745 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3746 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3750 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3751 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3752 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3753 ;;;;;; (15727 34855))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3756 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3757 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3758 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3759 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3762 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3764 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3765 | | 1:tc or top-center
3766 | | 2:tr or top-right
3767 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3768 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3769 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3770 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3771 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3772 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3774 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3775 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3776 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3777 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3780 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3781 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3782 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3784 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3788 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3792 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3795 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3796 Compose characters in the current region.
3798 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
3799 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
3801 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3803 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3804 specifying the region.
3806 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3807 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
3808 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
3810 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3811 of the text in the region.
3813 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3815 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3816 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3817 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3818 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3820 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3821 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3824 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3825 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3826 text in the composition." t nil)
3828 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3829 Decompose text in the current region.
3831 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3832 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3834 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3835 Compose characters in string STRING.
3837 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3838 the characters in it.
3840 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3841 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3842 STRING respectively.
3844 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3845 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3846 `compose-region' for more detail.
3848 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3849 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3850 text in the composition." nil nil)
3852 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3853 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3855 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3856 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3857 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3858 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3859 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3860 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3861 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3862 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3864 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3865 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3867 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3868 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3870 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3871 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3873 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3874 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3876 If no composition is found, return nil.
3878 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3879 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3881 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3882 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3883 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3885 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3887 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3889 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3890 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3891 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3893 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3895 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3897 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3898 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3900 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3901 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3902 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3903 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3904 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3905 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3906 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3909 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3911 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3912 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3914 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3916 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3917 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3919 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3921 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3922 Compose last characters.
3923 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3924 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3925 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3926 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3927 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3928 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3929 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3930 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3931 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3932 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3933 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3935 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3936 Convert CHAR to string.
3938 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3939 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3940 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3942 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
3946 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3947 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
3948 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3950 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3951 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
3952 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3953 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3955 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3956 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
3957 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3958 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3960 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3961 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3962 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3963 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3965 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3966 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil)
3970 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3971 ;;;;;; (15458 48079))
3972 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3974 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3975 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
3976 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
3977 the current year after them. If necessary, and
3978 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
3979 following the copyright are updated as well." t nil)
3981 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3982 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3986 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3987 ;;;;;; (15649 61374))
3988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3990 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3991 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3992 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3993 Tab indents for Perl code.
3994 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3995 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3997 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3998 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3999 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4000 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4001 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4002 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4003 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4004 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4005 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4006 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4007 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4008 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4010 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4012 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4013 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4015 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4017 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4018 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4019 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4020 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4021 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4022 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4023 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4024 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4025 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4027 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4031 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4032 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4033 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4036 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4037 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4038 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4040 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4042 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4043 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4044 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4045 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4046 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4048 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4058 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4059 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4060 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4061 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4062 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4063 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4064 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4065 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4066 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4067 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4068 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4069 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4070 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4072 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4073 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4074 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4075 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4076 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4077 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4079 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4080 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4083 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4084 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4085 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4086 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4087 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4089 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4090 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4091 span the needed amount of lines.
4093 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4094 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4095 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4096 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4098 Variables controlling indentation style:
4099 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4100 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4101 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4102 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4103 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4104 `cperl-auto-newline'
4105 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4106 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4107 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4108 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4109 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4110 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4111 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4112 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4113 `cperl-indent-level'
4114 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4115 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4116 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4117 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4118 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4119 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4120 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4121 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4122 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4123 `cperl-brace-offset'
4124 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4125 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4126 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4127 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4128 `cperl-label-offset'
4129 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4130 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4131 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4133 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4134 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4135 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4136 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4137 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4139 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4140 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4141 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4142 \(both available from menu).
4144 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4145 column 0 is indented on
4146 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4148 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4151 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4152 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4153 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
4157 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4158 ;;;;;; (15593 36679))
4159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4161 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4162 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4163 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4164 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4165 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
4167 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4168 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
4172 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4173 ;;;;;; (14632 7633))
4174 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4176 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4177 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4178 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4179 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4181 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4182 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4184 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4186 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4188 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4189 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4190 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
4192 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4196 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4197 ;;;;;; (15366 56663))
4198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4200 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4201 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4202 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4203 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4205 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4206 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4207 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4208 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4210 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4211 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4212 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4214 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4215 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4218 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4219 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4220 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4222 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4224 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4225 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4226 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4230 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4231 ;;;;;; (15640 49861))
4232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4234 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4235 Non-nil means that CUA emulation mode is enabled.
4236 In CUA mode, shifted movement keys highlight and extend the region.
4237 When a region is highlighted, the binding of the C-x and C-c keys are
4238 temporarily changed to work as Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste.
4239 Also, insertion commands first delete the region and then insert.
4240 This mode enables Transient Mark mode and it provides a superset of the
4241 PC Selection Mode and Delete Selection Modes.
4243 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4244 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4246 (custom-add-to-group (quote cua) (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4248 (custom-add-load (quote cua-mode) (quote cua-base))
4250 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4251 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4252 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4253 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4254 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4255 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings)." t nil)
4259 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4260 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4261 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4262 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4263 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4264 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4265 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4266 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4267 ;;;;;; (15728 32690))
4268 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4269 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4271 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4272 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4274 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4275 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4277 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4278 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4280 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4282 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4283 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4284 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4286 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4287 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4289 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4290 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4292 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4293 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4295 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4296 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4298 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4300 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4301 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4304 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4305 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4307 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4308 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4310 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4311 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4313 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4314 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4316 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4318 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4319 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4320 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4321 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4322 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4324 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4325 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4327 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4328 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4330 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4332 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4333 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4335 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4336 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4337 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4338 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4339 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4341 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4342 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4345 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4347 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4348 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4349 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4351 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4352 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4353 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4355 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4356 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4358 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4359 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4361 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4362 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4364 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4365 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4367 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4368 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4370 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4371 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4372 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4373 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4374 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4375 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4376 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4378 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4379 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4380 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4382 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4383 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4385 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4386 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4388 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4389 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4390 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4391 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4392 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4393 that option." nil nil)
4395 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4396 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4397 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4398 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4399 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4400 that option." nil nil)
4402 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4403 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4405 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4406 File used for storing customization information.
4407 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4408 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4409 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4411 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4412 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4413 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4414 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4416 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4417 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4419 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4420 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4422 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4423 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4424 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4426 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4427 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4428 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4429 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4430 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4434 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4435 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15540 34267))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4438 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4439 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4441 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4442 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4443 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4445 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4447 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4448 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4449 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4451 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4455 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4456 ;;;;;; (15415 19689))
4457 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4459 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4460 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4464 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4465 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 21135))
4466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4468 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4469 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4471 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4472 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4473 C++ modes are included.
4475 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4477 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4480 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4481 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4483 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
4484 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
4485 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4487 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
4489 (custom-add-to-group (quote cwarn) (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4491 (custom-add-load (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote cwarn))
4493 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4494 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
4495 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4496 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
4497 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
4501 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4502 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4503 ;;;;;; (15683 14756))
4504 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4506 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4507 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4509 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4510 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4512 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4513 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4514 For readability, the table is slightly
4515 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4517 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4518 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4519 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
4520 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4521 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4525 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4526 ;;;;;; (15671 8032))
4527 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4529 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4531 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4533 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4534 Completion on current word.
4535 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4536 and presents suggestions for completion.
4538 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4539 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4542 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4543 then it searches *all* buffers.
4545 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4546 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4548 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4549 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4551 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4552 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4553 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4554 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4555 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4557 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4558 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4560 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4561 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4562 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4564 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4565 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4567 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4571 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15727
4573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4575 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4576 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4578 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4579 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4580 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4582 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4583 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4584 Data lines are not indented.
4589 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4591 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4592 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4593 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4594 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4596 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4599 Extra indentation within blocks.
4601 dcl-continuation-offset
4602 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4605 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4607 dcl-margin-label-offset
4608 Indentation for a label.
4610 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4611 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4613 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4614 dcl-block-end-regexp
4615 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4616 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4617 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4618 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4619 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4621 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4622 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4623 Two such functions are included in the package:
4624 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4625 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4627 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4628 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4629 One such function is included in the package:
4630 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4632 dcl-tab-always-indent
4633 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4634 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4637 dcl-electric-characters
4638 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4641 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4642 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4643 which words trigger electric indentation.
4646 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4647 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4648 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4650 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4651 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4652 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4653 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4655 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4656 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4657 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4658 dcl-imenu-label-call
4659 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4661 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4662 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4663 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4664 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4667 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4669 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4670 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4671 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4673 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4674 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4678 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4679 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4680 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4681 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4682 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4683 \"lined up with the command line\"
4685 Data lines are not indented at all.
4686 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4693 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4694 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15685 15800))
4695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4697 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4699 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4700 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4701 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4704 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4705 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4706 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4708 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4709 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4710 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4711 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4712 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4713 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4714 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4716 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4717 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4718 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4722 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4723 ;;;;;; (15394 11149))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4726 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4727 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4729 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4730 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4731 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4732 Upper-case letters are commands.
4734 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4737 The most useful commands are:
4738 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4739 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4740 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4741 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4742 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4743 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4747 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4748 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4752 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4753 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4755 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4756 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4758 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4760 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4761 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4763 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4767 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15372
4769 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4771 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4772 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4773 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4774 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4775 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4776 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4778 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4782 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4783 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4784 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4785 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4786 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4787 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4788 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4789 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4790 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4791 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4792 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4793 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4795 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4796 Directories to search when finding external units.
4797 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4798 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4802 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4803 Face used to color delphi comments.
4804 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4805 Face used to color delphi strings.
4806 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4807 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4808 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4809 Face used to color everything else.
4811 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4812 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4816 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15352
4818 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4820 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4822 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4823 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4824 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4825 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4826 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4828 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4830 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4832 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4833 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4834 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4837 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4838 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4839 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4840 any selection." t nil)
4844 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4845 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15704 32804))
4846 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4848 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4849 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4851 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4853 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4854 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4855 or nil if there is no parent.
4856 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4857 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4858 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4859 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4860 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
4862 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4864 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4866 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4867 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4868 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4870 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4871 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4873 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4874 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4875 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4877 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4878 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4880 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4881 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4882 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4883 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4884 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4888 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
4889 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (15640 49858))
4890 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
4892 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
4893 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
4894 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
4895 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
4896 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
4899 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
4900 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
4901 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
4902 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
4903 character composition information (if relevant),
4904 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties." t nil)
4908 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4909 ;;;;;; (15501 5682))
4910 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4912 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4913 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4914 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4916 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4917 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4918 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4919 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15656
4925 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4927 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
4931 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4932 ;;;;;; (15728 32693))
4933 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4935 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4936 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4937 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4938 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4939 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4941 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4942 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4943 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4945 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4946 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4947 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4948 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4951 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4953 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4954 european-calendar-style t \\
4955 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4956 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4957 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4959 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4960 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4961 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4962 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4966 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4967 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15738 35316))
4968 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4970 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4971 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4973 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4974 *The command to use to run diff.")
4976 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4977 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4978 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4979 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4980 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
4981 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff syncrhonously." t nil)
4983 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4984 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4985 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4986 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4987 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4991 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4992 ;;;;;; (15669 19465))
4993 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4995 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4996 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4997 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4999 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
5001 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5002 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5003 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
5007 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5008 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5009 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5010 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5011 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15730 33154))
5012 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5014 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5015 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5016 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5017 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5018 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5019 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5020 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5021 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5023 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5024 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5026 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5027 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5028 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5029 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5030 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5032 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5033 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5035 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5036 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5037 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5038 always set this variable to t.")
5040 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5041 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5042 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5043 A value of t means move to first file.")
5045 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5046 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5047 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5048 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5049 are afterward marked with that character.")
5051 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5052 *Controls marking of copied files.
5053 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5054 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5056 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5057 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5058 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5059 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5061 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5062 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5063 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5064 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5066 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5067 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5068 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5069 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5071 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5073 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5074 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5075 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5076 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5078 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5079 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5080 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5081 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5082 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5083 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5084 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5085 list of files to make directory entries for.
5086 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5087 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5088 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5089 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5091 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
5092 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5094 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5095 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
5096 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5098 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5099 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
5101 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5102 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
5103 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5107 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5108 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5109 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5110 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5111 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5112 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5113 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5114 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5115 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5116 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5117 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5118 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5119 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15583 13479))
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5122 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5123 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5124 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5125 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5126 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5127 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5128 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5130 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5131 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5132 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5133 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5134 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5135 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5137 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5138 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5139 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
5141 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5142 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5144 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5145 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5147 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5148 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5149 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5150 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
5152 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5153 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5154 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5155 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5156 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5158 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5159 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5161 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5162 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5163 file name substituted for `?'.
5165 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5166 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5168 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5169 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5170 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5171 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5173 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5175 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5176 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5177 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5179 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5180 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5183 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5184 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
5186 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5187 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5188 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5189 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5190 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5191 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
5193 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5195 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5196 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5198 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5199 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5201 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5202 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5204 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5205 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5206 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5207 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
5209 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5211 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5213 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5215 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5217 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5219 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5220 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
5222 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5223 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5224 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5225 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5226 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5227 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5228 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5229 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5230 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5232 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5233 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5234 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5235 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5236 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5237 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5238 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5239 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5241 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5242 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5243 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5244 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5245 and new hard links are made in that directory
5246 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5247 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5248 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5250 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5251 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5252 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5253 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5254 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5255 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5257 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5258 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5260 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5261 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5262 file if none are marked.
5264 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5265 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5266 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5267 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5269 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5270 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5272 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5273 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5274 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5276 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5277 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5278 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5280 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5281 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5282 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5284 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5285 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5287 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5288 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5290 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5291 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5292 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5293 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5294 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5295 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5297 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5299 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5300 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5301 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5302 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5303 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5304 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5306 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5308 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5309 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5310 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5312 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5313 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5314 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5315 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5317 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5318 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5319 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5320 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5322 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5323 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5324 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5326 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5327 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5329 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5330 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5332 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5333 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5334 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5335 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5337 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5338 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5339 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5340 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5342 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5343 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5344 Stops when a match is found.
5345 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5347 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5348 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5349 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5350 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
5351 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5353 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5354 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5355 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5356 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5360 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15415 19784))
5361 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5363 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5364 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5365 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5366 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5367 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5368 buffer and try again." t nil)
5372 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
5373 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5375 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5376 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5377 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5379 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5381 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5382 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5384 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5385 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5390 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5392 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5394 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5395 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5396 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5397 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5398 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5399 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5403 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5404 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5405 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5406 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5407 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15369 56725))
5408 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5410 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5411 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5413 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5414 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5415 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5416 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5417 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5419 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5420 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5421 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5422 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5423 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5425 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5426 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5428 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5429 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5431 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5432 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5434 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5435 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5437 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5438 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5440 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5441 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5442 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5443 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5445 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5446 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5447 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5450 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5451 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5453 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5454 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5456 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5457 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5459 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5460 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5461 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5462 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5464 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5465 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5466 European character display.
5468 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5469 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5470 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5471 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5473 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5474 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5475 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5476 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5477 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5481 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5482 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5485 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5486 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5487 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5488 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5489 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5490 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5491 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5492 Default is 2." t nil)
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15317 38827))
5497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5499 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5500 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5504 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5505 ;;;;;; (15738 35316))
5506 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5508 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5510 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5511 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5513 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5515 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5517 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5519 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5521 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5522 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5526 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15651 7290))
5527 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5529 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5530 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5534 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5535 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5538 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5539 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5543 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5544 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5545 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15727 34849))
5546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5548 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5550 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5551 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5552 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5553 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5555 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5556 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5557 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5558 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5559 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5560 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5561 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5562 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5565 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5566 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5567 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5568 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5569 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5570 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5571 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5572 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5573 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5575 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5576 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5577 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5578 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5579 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5580 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5582 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5583 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5584 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5585 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5586 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5587 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5588 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5590 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5592 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5593 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5594 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5598 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5599 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15738
5601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5603 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5605 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5606 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5607 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5608 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5610 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5611 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5615 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5620 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5621 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5625 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5626 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5628 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5630 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5632 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5634 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5635 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5637 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5638 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5640 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5642 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5644 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5648 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5649 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5650 computed automatically.
5651 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5655 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5657 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5658 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5659 keyboard equivalent.
5663 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5664 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5668 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5669 expression has a non-nil value.
5673 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5674 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5678 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5682 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5683 radio: A radio button.
5684 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5685 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5687 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5691 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5692 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5696 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5698 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5699 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5700 as a solid horizontal line.
5702 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5704 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5706 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5707 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5708 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5709 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5711 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5712 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5713 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5714 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5715 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5716 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5718 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5719 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5720 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5722 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5723 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5727 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5728 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5729 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5730 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5731 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15279 28735))
5732 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5734 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5735 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5737 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5738 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5740 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5741 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5744 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5745 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5746 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5747 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5749 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5750 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5751 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5753 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5754 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5755 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5756 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5758 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5760 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5761 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5762 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5764 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5766 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5767 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5769 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5770 The EPS file name has the following form:
5772 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5774 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5775 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5777 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5778 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5779 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5780 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5782 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5784 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5785 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5787 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5788 The EPS file name has the following form:
5790 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5792 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5793 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5795 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5796 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5797 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5798 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5800 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5802 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5804 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5805 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5807 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5808 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5810 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5811 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5813 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5814 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5816 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5817 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5819 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5820 Set STYLE to current style.
5822 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5824 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5825 Reset current style.
5827 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5829 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5830 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5832 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5834 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5835 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5837 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5841 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5842 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5843 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5844 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5845 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5846 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15664 47250))
5847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5849 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5850 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5851 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5852 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5853 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5854 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5856 Tree mode key bindings:
5857 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5859 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5860 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5862 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5863 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5864 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5865 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5868 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5869 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5870 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5871 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5873 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5874 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5875 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5877 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5878 Search for call sites of a member.
5879 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5880 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5881 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5882 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5884 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5885 Move backward in the position stack.
5886 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5888 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5889 Move forward in the position stack.
5890 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5892 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5893 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5895 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5896 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5898 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5899 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5900 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5901 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5903 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5904 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5908 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5909 ;;;;;; (15345 22660))
5910 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5912 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5913 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5914 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5915 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5917 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5918 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5919 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5921 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5922 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5923 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5925 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5927 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5931 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5932 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15185 49574))
5933 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5935 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5936 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5937 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5941 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5942 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15698 64355))
5943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5945 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5946 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5947 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5948 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5949 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5951 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5952 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5953 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5954 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5956 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5957 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5958 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5959 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5961 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5962 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5963 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5964 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5966 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5968 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5969 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
5970 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
5971 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
5972 using `eval-expression' (which see).
5974 If you do this on a function definition
5975 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
5976 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
5977 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
5978 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
5980 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
5981 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
5982 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
5983 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
5984 already is one.)" t nil)
5988 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5989 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5990 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5991 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5992 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5993 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5994 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5995 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5996 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
5997 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15689 46993))
5998 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
6000 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
6001 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
6003 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
6004 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
6006 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
6008 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
6010 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
6011 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
6012 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6013 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original." t nil)
6015 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
6016 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
6018 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
6020 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
6021 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
6023 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
6025 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
6026 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
6027 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
6028 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6030 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
6032 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6033 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
6034 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6035 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6037 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
6039 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
6040 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
6041 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
6042 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6044 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
6046 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
6047 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
6048 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
6049 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6051 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
6053 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6054 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
6055 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
6056 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
6057 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
6058 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6060 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6061 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
6062 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6063 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6065 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
6067 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6068 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
6069 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6070 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6072 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
6074 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
6076 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6077 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
6078 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6080 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6081 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6083 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
6084 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
6085 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6087 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6088 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6090 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6091 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6092 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6093 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6094 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6096 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
6097 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
6099 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
6100 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6101 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6102 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6103 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6105 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
6106 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
6107 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
6109 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
6111 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
6112 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
6114 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6115 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
6117 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
6119 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
6120 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
6122 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6123 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
6125 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
6126 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
6127 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6130 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6131 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
6132 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6135 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
6136 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
6137 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
6138 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
6140 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
6141 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
6142 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
6143 and don't ask the user.
6144 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
6145 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
6147 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
6148 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
6149 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
6150 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
6151 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
6152 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
6154 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
6156 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
6158 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
6159 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
6160 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
6161 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
6162 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
6164 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
6166 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
6167 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
6168 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
6170 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
6171 Display Ediff's manual.
6172 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
6176 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
6177 ;;;;;; (15418 30513))
6178 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
6180 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
6184 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
6185 ;;;;;; (15513 1037))
6186 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
6188 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
6189 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
6191 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
6195 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
6196 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15698 64354))
6197 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
6199 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
6200 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
6201 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
6204 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
6205 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
6206 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
6207 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
6211 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
6212 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
6213 ;;;;;; (15738 35316))
6214 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
6216 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
6217 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
6218 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
6220 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6221 Edit a keyboard macro.
6222 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
6223 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
6224 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
6226 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
6228 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6229 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
6231 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6232 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
6234 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6235 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
6236 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
6237 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
6238 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
6239 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
6241 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
6242 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
6243 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6244 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6246 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6247 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6248 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6249 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6250 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6251 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6255 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6256 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15640 49861))
6257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6259 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6261 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6262 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6264 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6265 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6269 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6270 ;;;;;; (15031 23821))
6271 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6273 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6274 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6275 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6276 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6277 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6278 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6279 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6280 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6282 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6283 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6285 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6286 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6287 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6288 this value is non-nil.
6290 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6291 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6292 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6294 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6295 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6296 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6298 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6302 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
6303 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15419 34666))
6304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6306 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6307 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
6309 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6310 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
6311 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6313 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6314 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6315 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6316 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6317 from the documentation string if possible.
6319 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6322 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
6324 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6325 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6329 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15707
6331 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6333 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6334 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6336 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6337 an elided material again.
6339 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6343 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6344 ;;;;;; (15396 35994))
6345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6347 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6348 Initialize elint." t nil)
6352 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6353 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
6355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6357 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6358 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6359 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6361 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6362 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6363 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6365 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6366 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6367 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6369 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6371 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6372 Display current profiling results.
6373 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6374 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6379 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6380 ;;;;;; (15672 42728))
6381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6383 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6384 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6385 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6389 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6390 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6391 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6392 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6393 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15400 23563))
6394 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6396 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6398 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6400 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6402 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6404 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6406 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6408 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6410 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6412 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6414 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6415 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6417 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6418 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6420 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6421 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6423 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6424 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6426 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6428 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6430 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6432 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6434 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6435 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6437 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6438 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6440 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6444 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6445 ;;;;;; (15538 21134))
6446 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6448 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
6449 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
6450 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6451 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6452 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
6454 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6456 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
6458 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6459 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6460 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6462 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6463 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6466 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6467 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6468 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." t nil)
6472 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6473 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15535 38780))
6474 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6476 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6477 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6478 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6479 text/enriched format.
6480 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6482 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6483 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6487 \\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6489 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6491 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6495 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15623
6497 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6499 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6500 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6502 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6506 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
6508 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6510 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6511 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6515 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6516 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15683 14756))
6517 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6519 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6520 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6521 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6522 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6523 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6524 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
6525 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
6526 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
6527 buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6529 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6530 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6531 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6533 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6534 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6535 The result might be any Lisp object.
6536 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6537 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6538 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6540 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6541 Report a bug in Eshell.
6542 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6543 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6547 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6548 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6549 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6550 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6551 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6552 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6553 ;;;;;; (15738 35332))
6554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6556 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6557 *File name of tags table.
6558 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6559 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6560 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6561 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6563 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6564 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6565 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6566 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6568 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6569 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6570 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6571 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6572 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6573 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6575 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6576 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6577 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6578 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6579 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6580 `auto-compression-mode').")
6582 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6583 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6584 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6585 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6586 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6588 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6589 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6590 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6591 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6593 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6594 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6595 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6596 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6597 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6599 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6600 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6601 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6602 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6604 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6605 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6606 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6607 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6608 file the tag was in." t nil)
6610 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6611 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6612 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6613 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6614 without directory names." nil nil)
6616 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6617 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6618 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6619 but does not select the buffer.
6620 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6622 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6623 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6624 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6625 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6626 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6628 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6630 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6631 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6632 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6634 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6636 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6637 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6638 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6639 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6641 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6642 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6643 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6644 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6645 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6647 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6649 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6650 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6651 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6653 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6654 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6656 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6657 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6658 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6659 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6660 around or before point.
6662 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6663 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6664 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6665 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6666 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6668 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6670 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6671 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6672 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6674 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6675 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6677 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6678 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6679 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6680 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6681 around or before point.
6683 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6684 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6685 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6686 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6687 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6689 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6691 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6692 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6693 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6695 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6696 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6698 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6699 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6700 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6702 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6703 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6704 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6705 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6706 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6708 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6710 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6711 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6712 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6714 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6715 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6716 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6718 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6719 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6721 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6722 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6723 where they were found." t nil)
6725 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6726 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6728 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6729 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6730 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6732 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6733 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6735 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6736 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6738 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6739 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6740 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6741 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6743 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6744 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6745 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6746 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6747 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6748 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6750 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6751 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6752 Stops when a match is found.
6753 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6755 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6757 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6758 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
6759 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6760 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6761 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6763 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6765 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6766 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6767 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6768 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6769 directory specification." t nil)
6771 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6772 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6774 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6775 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6776 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6777 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6779 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6780 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6781 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6782 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6783 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6787 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6788 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6789 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6790 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6791 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6792 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6793 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6794 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15707 34351))
6795 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6797 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6799 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6800 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6801 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6802 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6804 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6805 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6808 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6809 even if the buffer is read-only.
6811 See also the descriptions of the variables
6812 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6813 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6815 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6816 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6818 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6819 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6821 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6822 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6825 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6826 buffer is read-only.
6828 See also the descriptions of the variables
6829 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6830 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6832 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6833 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6834 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6836 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6837 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6839 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6840 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6842 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6843 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6845 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6846 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6847 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6848 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6850 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6851 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6852 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6853 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6855 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6856 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6857 the primary language.
6859 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6860 buffer is read-only.
6862 See also the descriptions of the variables
6863 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6864 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6866 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6867 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6868 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6869 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6871 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6872 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6875 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6876 buffer is read-only.
6878 See also the descriptions of the variables
6879 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6880 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6882 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6883 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6884 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6886 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6887 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6889 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6890 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6891 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6892 3) convert the body into SERA.
6894 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6896 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6897 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6898 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6900 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6901 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6903 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6904 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6906 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6907 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6910 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6911 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6912 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6914 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6916 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6917 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6919 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6920 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6921 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6923 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6924 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6926 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6927 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6929 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6930 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6932 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6933 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6935 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6936 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6938 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6939 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6941 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6942 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6946 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6947 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6948 ;;;;;; (15429 14345))
6949 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6951 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6952 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6953 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6954 server for future sessions." t nil)
6956 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6957 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6959 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6960 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6962 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6963 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6964 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6965 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6966 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6967 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6968 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6969 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6970 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6971 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6972 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6973 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6975 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6976 Display a form to query the directory server.
6977 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6978 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6980 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6981 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6982 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6984 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
6988 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6989 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6990 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
6991 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6993 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
6994 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil
)
6996 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
6997 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil
)
6999 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
7000 Display e-mail address and make it clickable." nil nil
)
7002 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
7003 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil
)
7005 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
7006 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil
)
7008 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
7009 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil
)
7013 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
7014 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
7015 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
7017 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
7018 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
7019 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil
)
7021 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
7022 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil
)
7026 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
7027 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
7028 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
7030 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
7031 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil
)
7035 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
7036 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
7037 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15305 61706))
7038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
7040 (autoload (quote executable-find
) "executable" "\
7041 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
7042 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil
)
7044 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
7045 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
7046 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
7047 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
7048 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
7051 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
7052 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
7053 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil
)
7055 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
7056 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
7057 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
7058 file modes." nil nil
)
7062 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
7063 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
7064 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
7066 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
7067 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
7068 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
7069 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
7071 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
7073 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
7074 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
7075 to generate such functions.
7077 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
7078 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
7079 beginning of the expanded text.
7081 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
7082 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
7083 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
7084 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
7086 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil
)
7088 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
7089 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7090 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
7092 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
7093 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7094 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
7095 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
7096 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
7100 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15730 33159))
7101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
7103 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
7104 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
7106 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
7107 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
7108 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
7110 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
7115 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7118 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
7120 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
7122 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
7123 `f90-program-indent'
7124 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
7126 `f90-continuation-indent'
7127 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
7128 `f90-comment-region'
7129 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
7130 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
7131 `f90-indented-comment-re'
7132 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
7134 `f90-directive-comment-re'
7135 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
7136 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
7137 `f90-break-delimiters'
7138 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
7139 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
7140 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
7141 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
7143 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
7144 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
7146 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
7147 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
7148 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
7149 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
7150 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
7151 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
7153 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
7155 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
7157 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
7158 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
7162 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
7163 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
7164 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
7165 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
7166 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15657 51987))
7167 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
7168 (define-key global-map
"\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap
)
7169 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
7171 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
7172 Menu keymap for faces.")
7174 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
7176 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
7177 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
7179 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
7181 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
7182 Menu keymap for background colors.")
7184 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
7186 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
7187 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
7189 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
7191 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
7192 Submenu for text justification commands.")
7194 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
7196 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
7197 Submenu for indentation commands.")
7199 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
7201 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
7202 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
7204 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
7206 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
7208 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
7210 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
7212 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
7213 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
7214 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
7215 will not show through at all will be removed.
7217 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
7219 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7220 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7223 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7224 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7225 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7227 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
7228 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7229 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7231 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7232 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7235 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7236 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7237 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7239 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
7240 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7241 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7243 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7244 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7247 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7248 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7249 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7251 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7252 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7253 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7254 is the menu item's name.
7256 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7257 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7260 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7261 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7262 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7264 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7265 Make the region invisible.
7266 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7267 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7269 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7270 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7271 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7272 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7274 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7275 Make the region unmodifiable.
7276 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7277 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7279 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7280 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7282 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7283 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7285 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7286 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7287 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7289 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7290 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7292 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7293 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7294 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7295 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7296 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7300 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7301 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15363 46804))
7302 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7304 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7305 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7306 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7307 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7309 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7311 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7312 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7313 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7315 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7316 - When you save the file's buffer.
7317 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7318 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7319 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7320 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7322 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7324 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7325 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7326 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7327 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7329 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7330 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7332 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7336 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7337 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7338 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15429 33864))
7339 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7341 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7342 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7343 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7344 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7346 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7347 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7349 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7350 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7351 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7352 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7354 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7355 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7356 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7357 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7358 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7360 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7361 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7362 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7363 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7364 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7365 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7366 internally by feedmail):
7368 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7369 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7370 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7371 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7373 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7374 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7375 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7376 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7377 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7381 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7382 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15576 17069))
7383 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7385 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7386 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7387 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7388 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7389 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7390 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7391 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7393 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7394 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7395 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7396 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7397 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7398 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7399 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7401 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7403 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
7405 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7406 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7407 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7408 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7409 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7410 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7412 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7413 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7414 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7416 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7417 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7418 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7420 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7421 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7423 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7424 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7428 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7429 ;;;;;; (15567 16400))
7430 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7432 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7433 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7434 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7435 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7436 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7437 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7438 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7439 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7440 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7441 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7445 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7446 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15593 24723))
7447 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7449 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7450 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7451 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7452 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7453 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7455 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7456 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7457 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7458 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7460 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7461 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7462 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7464 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7466 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7467 as the final argument." t nil)
7469 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7470 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7471 and run dired on those files.
7472 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7473 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7475 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7477 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7478 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
7479 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7481 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
7483 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7487 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7488 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7489 ;;;;;; (15561 55028))
7490 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7492 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7493 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7494 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7496 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7498 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7499 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7500 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7502 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7503 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7505 Variables of interest include:
7507 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7508 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7509 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7511 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7512 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7513 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7515 - `ff-ignore-include'
7516 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7518 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7519 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7522 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7524 - `ff-special-constructs'
7525 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7526 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7527 extracting the filename from that construct.
7529 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7530 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7532 - `ff-search-directories'
7533 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7534 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7536 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7537 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7539 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7540 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7542 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7543 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7545 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7546 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7548 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7549 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7551 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7552 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7554 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7555 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7559 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7560 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7561 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7562 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7563 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func"
7564 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (15738 35331))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7567 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
7569 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
7570 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY." nil nil)
7572 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7573 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7575 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7576 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7579 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7580 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7581 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7583 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7584 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7586 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7587 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7588 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7589 it is one of the current buffers.
7591 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7592 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7593 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7595 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7596 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7598 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7600 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7601 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7603 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7605 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7606 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7608 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7609 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7612 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
7613 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7615 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7616 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7618 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7619 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7620 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7621 it is one of the current buffers.
7623 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7624 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7625 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7627 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7628 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7630 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7632 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7633 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7635 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7637 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7638 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7639 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7641 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7642 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7644 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7645 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7647 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7648 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7652 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7653 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15186 53885))
7654 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7656 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7657 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7659 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7660 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7662 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7663 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7667 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7668 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15518 17562))
7669 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7671 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7672 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7674 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7675 Display FILE's commentary section.
7676 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7678 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7679 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7683 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7684 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7685 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7687 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7688 Toggle flow control handling.
7689 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7690 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7692 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7693 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7694 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7695 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7696 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7697 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7701 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7702 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7703 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15577 29858))
7704 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7706 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7707 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7708 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7710 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7711 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7713 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
7715 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7717 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7718 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7719 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7720 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7721 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7722 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7725 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7726 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7727 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7730 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
7733 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7734 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7735 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7737 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7739 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7740 in your .emacs file.
7742 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
7743 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7745 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
7747 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
7748 The flyspell version" t nil)
7750 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7751 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7753 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7754 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7756 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7757 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7761 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7762 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7763 ;;;;;; (15436 15699))
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7766 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7767 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7769 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7770 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7772 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7773 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7775 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7776 of two major techniques:
7778 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7779 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7780 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7782 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7783 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7784 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7787 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7788 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7789 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7790 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7791 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7794 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7795 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7797 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7799 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7800 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7801 \(This is the default.)
7803 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7804 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7806 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7807 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7809 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7810 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7812 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7813 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7814 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7815 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7816 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7817 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7819 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7820 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7821 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7823 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7824 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7825 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7829 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
7830 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15727
7832 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7834 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7835 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7836 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7837 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7838 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7839 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7840 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7841 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7842 end of the current highlighting list.
7846 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7847 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7848 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7850 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7851 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7853 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7854 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7855 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7857 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7858 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7859 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7861 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7862 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7864 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7865 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7867 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7868 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7869 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7871 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7872 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7876 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7877 ;;;;;; (15400 43360))
7878 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7880 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7881 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7882 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7883 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7884 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7886 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7889 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7890 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7892 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7896 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15394
7898 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7900 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7901 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7902 \\<message-mode-map>
7906 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7907 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7908 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7909 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7910 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7911 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7916 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7917 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15590 49016))
7918 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7920 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7921 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7923 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7924 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7925 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7926 C-c < forms-first-record <
7927 C-c > forms-last-record >
7928 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7929 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7930 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7931 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7932 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7933 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7934 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7935 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7936 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7937 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7940 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7941 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7943 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7944 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7948 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7949 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15727 34846))
7950 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7952 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7953 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7954 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7955 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7956 with a character in column 6.")
7958 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7959 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7960 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7961 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7963 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7967 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7969 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7972 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7973 set this to the string \"!\".
7975 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7977 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7978 `fortran-structure-indent'
7979 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7981 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7982 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7983 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7984 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7985 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7986 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7987 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7988 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7989 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7990 (for TAB format continuation style).
7991 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7992 indentation for a line of code.
7994 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7995 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7996 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7997 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7998 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7999 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
8000 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
8001 `fortran-line-number-indent'
8002 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
8003 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
8004 column 5. (default 1)
8005 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
8006 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
8007 statements. (default nil)
8008 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
8009 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
8010 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
8011 statement. (default nil)
8012 `fortran-continuation-string'
8013 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
8014 line. (default \"$\")
8015 `fortran-comment-region'
8016 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
8017 region. (default \"c$$$\")
8018 `fortran-electric-line-number'
8019 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
8020 as typed. (default t)
8021 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
8022 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
8025 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
8026 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8030 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
8031 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15195 62737))
8032 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
8034 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
8035 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
8037 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8038 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8040 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
8041 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
8043 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8044 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8046 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
8047 Compile fortune file.
8049 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
8050 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
8052 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
8053 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
8055 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8056 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8057 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8058 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8060 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
8061 Display a fortune cookie.
8063 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8064 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8065 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8066 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8070 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el"
8071 ;;;;;; (15601 35587))
8072 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
8074 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
8075 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
8076 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
8077 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
8078 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
8079 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
8080 specified, the user is queried.
8081 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
8083 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
8084 see `set-fringe-style'." t nil)
8086 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
8087 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
8088 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
8089 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
8090 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
8091 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
8092 specified, the user is queried.
8093 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'." t nil)
8097 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
8098 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
8099 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
8101 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
8102 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
8104 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
8105 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
8107 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
8108 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
8111 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
8112 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
8113 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
8114 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
8115 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
8116 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
8118 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
8119 Each keyword should be a string.
8121 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
8122 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
8124 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
8125 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
8126 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
8128 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
8130 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
8132 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
8133 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
8134 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
8135 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
8137 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
8138 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
8142 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
8143 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
8144 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
8146 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
8147 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
8148 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
8149 at places they belong to." t nil)
8153 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
8154 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15410 32828))
8155 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
8157 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
8158 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
8160 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
8162 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8163 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
8164 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8165 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
8166 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
8168 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
8169 Read news as a slave." t nil)
8171 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
8172 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
8174 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
8176 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8177 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8178 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
8182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
8183 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
8184 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
8185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
8187 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8188 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
8190 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8191 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
8193 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
8194 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
8195 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
8196 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
8200 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
8201 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
8202 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
8204 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8205 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8207 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8211 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8212 ;;;;;; (15727 34848))
8213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8215 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8216 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8220 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8221 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
8222 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8224 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8225 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8229 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8230 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14860
8232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8234 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8235 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8238 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8240 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8241 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8243 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8244 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8248 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8249 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15533 28774))
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8252 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8253 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8254 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8256 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8257 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8261 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8262 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
8263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8265 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8267 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8268 Run batched scoring.
8269 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8273 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8274 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15185 54813))
8275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8277 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8279 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8280 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8282 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8286 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8287 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8288 ;;;;;; (15383 46829))
8289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8291 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8292 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8293 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8294 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8297 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8298 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8299 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8300 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8302 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8303 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8304 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8305 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8306 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8307 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8308 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8309 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8310 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8311 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8313 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8314 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8315 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8317 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8318 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8320 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8321 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8322 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8324 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8326 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8327 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8328 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8330 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8332 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8333 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8334 existing groups are considered.
8336 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8337 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8340 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8341 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8342 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8343 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8344 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8345 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8346 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8347 clauses will be generated.
8349 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8350 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8351 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8352 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8353 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8354 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8356 For example, given the following group parameters:
8359 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8360 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8362 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8363 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8364 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8365 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8367 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8369 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8371 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8373 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8374 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8375 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8379 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8380 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8383 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8384 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8385 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8389 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15470
8391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8393 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8394 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8395 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8396 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8398 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8402 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8403 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
8404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8406 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8407 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8408 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8409 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8412 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8413 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8414 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8418 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8419 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8422 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8423 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8424 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8425 for matching on group names.
8427 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8428 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8430 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8432 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8436 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8437 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
8438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8440 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8441 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8445 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8446 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15651 7289))
8447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8449 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8450 Unload all Gnus features.
8451 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8452 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8453 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8455 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8456 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8460 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8461 ;;;;;; (15272 56960))
8462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8464 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8465 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8469 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15515 40568))
8470 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8472 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8473 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8475 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8476 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8477 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8479 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8480 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8481 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8483 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8484 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8486 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
8487 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
8489 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8493 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8494 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15302 11763))
8495 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8497 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8498 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8499 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8500 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8501 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8503 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8504 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8505 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8506 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8507 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8509 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8510 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8511 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8513 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8515 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8516 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8520 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
8521 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8523 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8524 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8525 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8526 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8527 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8531 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8532 ;;;;;; (15522 14844))
8533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8535 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8536 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8537 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8538 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8540 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8541 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8542 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8543 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8545 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8546 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8547 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8548 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8550 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8551 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8552 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8553 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8555 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8556 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8558 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8559 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8560 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8561 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8563 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8564 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8565 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8566 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8568 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8569 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
8570 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
8571 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
8572 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
8574 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
8575 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
8576 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
8577 original source file access method.
8579 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
8580 gud, see `gud-mode'." t nil)
8581 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8585 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15587
8587 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8589 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8590 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8591 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8592 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8594 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8595 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8596 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8597 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8601 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8602 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
8603 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8605 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8606 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8608 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8609 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8610 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8611 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8613 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8615 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8616 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8617 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8618 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8619 to be updated." t nil)
8623 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
8624 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
8625 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15735 17293))
8626 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
8628 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
8629 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8630 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8631 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8632 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8633 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8635 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
8636 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8637 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
8638 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8639 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
8640 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8642 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8643 is used instead of `load-path'.
8645 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8646 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8647 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8649 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
8650 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8652 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil)
8654 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
8655 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8656 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8658 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
8659 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8660 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8661 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8662 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8664 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
8665 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
8666 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
8667 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer." t nil)
8669 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
8670 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
8671 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed." t nil)
8675 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8676 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
8677 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8679 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8680 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8681 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8682 and window listing and describing the options.
8683 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8684 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8688 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8689 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8690 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15669 19465))
8691 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8693 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8694 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8695 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8697 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8699 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8701 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8703 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8704 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8706 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8707 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8708 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8709 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
8711 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
8712 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
8713 restore it properly when going back." nil nil)
8715 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8716 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8718 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
8719 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
8720 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
8721 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
8722 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8724 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8725 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8726 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8727 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8729 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8730 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8733 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8734 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8735 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8736 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8737 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8738 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8740 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8741 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8742 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8743 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8744 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8746 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8747 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8751 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8752 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15185 49574))
8753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8755 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8756 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8758 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8759 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8763 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8764 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15661 53042))
8765 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8767 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8768 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8769 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8770 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8771 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8773 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8774 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8776 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8777 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8778 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8779 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8781 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8782 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8785 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8790 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8791 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8792 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8793 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8794 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8795 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8796 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8797 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8798 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8799 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8800 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8801 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8802 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8803 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8804 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8806 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8807 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8808 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8810 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8813 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8815 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8816 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8817 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8819 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8820 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8821 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8823 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8824 into the buffer at the current point.
8826 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8827 into the buffer at the current point.
8829 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8830 into the buffer at the current point.
8832 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8834 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8835 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8837 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8839 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8841 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8842 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8843 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8845 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8846 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8847 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8851 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8852 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8853 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15450
8855 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8857 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8859 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8860 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8862 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8864 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8866 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8867 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8869 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8870 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8871 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8872 which can be called interactively, are:
8874 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8875 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8877 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8878 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8879 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8880 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8882 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8883 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8885 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8886 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8888 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8889 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8890 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8891 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8892 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8893 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8895 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8896 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8898 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8899 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8901 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8902 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8903 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8906 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8908 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8910 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8911 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8913 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8914 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8915 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8916 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8918 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8920 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8921 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8923 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8924 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8925 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8926 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8928 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8930 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8931 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8933 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8934 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8936 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8938 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8939 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8941 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8942 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8943 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8944 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8945 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8947 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8948 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8950 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8951 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8952 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8956 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8957 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15496 13874))
8958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8960 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8961 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8962 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8963 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8964 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8965 how the hiding is done:
8968 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8969 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8972 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
8973 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8974 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8975 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8976 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8979 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8980 #endif lines when hiding.
8982 `hide-ifdef-initially'
8983 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8986 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
8987 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8988 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8990 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8992 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8993 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8995 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8996 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8998 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8999 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
9003 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
9004 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15587 64724))
9005 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
9007 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
9008 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
9010 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
9011 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
9012 Each element has the form
9013 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
9015 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
9016 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
9018 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
9019 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
9021 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
9022 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
9023 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
9024 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
9025 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
9027 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
9028 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
9030 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
9031 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
9033 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
9034 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
9035 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
9037 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
9038 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
9039 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9040 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
9041 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
9042 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
9044 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
9045 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
9046 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
9048 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
9049 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
9051 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
9054 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
9058 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
9059 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
9060 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
9061 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15738 35316))
9062 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
9064 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
9066 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
9067 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
9068 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
9070 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
9071 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
9073 Without an argument:
9074 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
9075 or passive state as determined by the variable
9076 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
9079 With an argument ARG:
9080 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
9081 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
9082 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
9084 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
9085 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
9086 not displayed in a different face.
9089 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
9090 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
9091 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
9092 buffer with the contents of a file
9093 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
9094 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
9098 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
9099 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
9100 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9102 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9103 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9105 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9106 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9108 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
9109 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
9111 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
9112 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
9113 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
9114 shown in the last face in the list.
9116 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
9117 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
9118 buffer to be saved):
9120 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
9122 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
9123 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
9125 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
9126 and must not be read-only.
9128 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
9129 this function is called interactively.
9131 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
9132 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
9133 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
9135 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
9136 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
9137 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
9139 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
9140 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
9142 When called interactively:
9143 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
9144 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
9145 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
9146 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
9148 When called from a program:
9149 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
9150 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
9151 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
9152 - otherwise just turn it on
9154 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
9155 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
9156 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
9157 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
9161 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
9162 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
9163 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
9164 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
9165 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15394 12491))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
9168 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
9169 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
9170 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
9171 or insert functions in this list.")
9173 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
9174 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
9176 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
9177 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
9179 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
9180 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
9182 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
9183 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
9185 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
9186 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
9187 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
9189 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
9190 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
9191 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9194 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
9195 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
9196 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9197 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
9198 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
9200 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
9201 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
9202 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
9203 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
9204 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
9206 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
9207 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
9208 undoes the expansion." t nil)
9210 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
9211 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
9212 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
9213 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
9217 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
9218 ;;;;;; (15522 14844))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
9221 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9222 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
9223 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9224 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
9225 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
9227 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
9228 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
9229 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9231 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9233 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9235 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9237 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9238 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9239 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9240 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9241 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9245 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9246 ;;;;;; (15097 24075))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9249 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9250 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9251 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9253 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9255 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9256 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9258 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9259 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9261 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9265 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9266 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
9267 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9269 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9270 This function is obsolete.
9271 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9272 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9274 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9275 This function is obsolete.
9276 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9277 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9279 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9280 This function is obsolete.
9281 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9282 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9286 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
9287 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
9288 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
9289 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
9290 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
9291 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
9292 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
9293 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
9294 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
9295 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
9296 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
9297 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
9298 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
9299 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
9300 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
9301 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
9302 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
9303 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
9304 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
9305 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
9306 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
9307 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (15738 35316))
9308 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
9310 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9311 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
9312 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
9314 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9315 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse." t nil)
9317 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9318 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point." t nil)
9320 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9321 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse." t nil)
9323 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9324 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line." t nil)
9326 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9327 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9329 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9330 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9331 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
9332 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9333 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
9334 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9335 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9336 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
9337 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
9338 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9339 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9340 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9341 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
9343 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" nil nil nil)
9345 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9346 Make the current filters into a filtering group." t nil)
9348 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9349 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode." t nil)
9351 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9352 Remove the first filter group." t nil)
9354 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9355 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters." t nil)
9357 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9358 Remove all filter groups." t nil)
9360 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9361 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME." t nil)
9363 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9364 Kill the filter group named NAME.
9365 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'." t nil)
9367 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
9368 Kill the filter group at point.
9369 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'." t nil)
9371 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
9372 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point." t nil)
9374 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9375 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME." t nil)
9377 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9378 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
9379 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
9380 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9382 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9383 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
9384 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'." t nil)
9386 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9387 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
9388 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
9389 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9390 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9392 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
9393 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer." t nil)
9395 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9396 Remove the top filter in this buffer." t nil)
9398 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9399 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
9401 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
9402 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
9403 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]." t nil)
9405 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9406 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer." t nil)
9408 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9409 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer." t nil)
9411 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9412 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
9413 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
9414 filter into parts." t nil)
9416 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9417 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9418 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9420 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9421 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'." t nil)
9423 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9424 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters." t nil)
9426 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9427 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9428 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9429 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9430 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9431 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9432 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9433 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
9434 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
9435 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
9436 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
9437 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
9439 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9440 Toggle the current sorting mode.
9441 Default sorting modes are:
9442 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
9443 Name - the name of the buffer
9444 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
9445 Size - the size of the buffer" t nil)
9447 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
9448 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order." t nil)
9449 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9450 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9451 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
9452 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
9454 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9455 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package." t nil)
9457 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
9458 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
9459 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
9460 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9462 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9463 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
9464 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
9465 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9467 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9468 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9470 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9471 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
9473 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
9474 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards." t nil)
9476 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9477 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9479 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9480 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'." t nil)
9482 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
9483 Hide all of the currently marked lines." t nil)
9485 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
9486 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME." t nil)
9488 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
9489 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
9490 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'." t nil)
9492 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
9493 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
9494 The names are separated by a space.
9495 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
9496 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
9498 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
9500 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
9501 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]" t nil)
9503 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9504 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9506 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9507 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP." t nil)
9509 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9510 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9512 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9513 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE." t nil)
9515 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9516 Mark all modified buffers." t nil)
9518 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9519 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file." t nil)
9521 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9522 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist." t nil)
9524 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9525 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*." t nil)
9527 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9528 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days." t nil)
9530 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9531 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'." t nil)
9533 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9534 Mark all read-only buffers." t nil)
9536 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9537 Mark all `dired' buffers." t nil)
9539 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
9540 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
9541 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
9542 defaults to one." t nil)
9546 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
9547 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15623
9549 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
9551 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
9552 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
9554 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
9555 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
9556 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
9558 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
9559 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
9560 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
9561 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
9562 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
9563 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
9565 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
9566 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
9567 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
9568 change its definition, you should explicitly call
9569 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'." nil (quote macro))
9571 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9572 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
9573 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
9574 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
9575 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
9577 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
9578 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
9579 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'." nil (quote macro))
9581 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
9582 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
9583 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
9584 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
9585 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
9586 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
9588 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
9589 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
9590 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
9591 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
9592 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
9593 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
9594 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
9595 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
9597 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
9598 t - the function it always modifies buffers
9599 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
9600 buffer's modification flag.
9601 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
9602 prompted before performing this operation.
9603 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
9604 operation is complete, in the form:
9605 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
9606 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
9607 confirmation message, in the form:
9608 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
9609 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
9610 macro for exactly what it does." nil (quote macro))
9612 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9613 Define a filter named NAME.
9614 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
9615 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
9616 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
9618 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
9619 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
9620 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
9621 bound to the current value of the filter." nil (quote macro))
9625 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
9626 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15727 34854))
9627 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
9629 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
9630 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
9631 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9632 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9634 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
9635 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
9636 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9637 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9639 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
9640 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
9641 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
9643 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
9644 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
9646 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
9647 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
9648 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
9649 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
9650 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
9651 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
9652 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
9653 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
9654 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
9655 locally in this buffer." t nil)
9659 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9660 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15483 45647))
9661 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9663 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9664 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9665 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9667 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9668 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9669 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9673 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14851 17580))
9674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9676 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9677 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9678 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9679 Tab indents for Icon code.
9680 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9681 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9683 Variables controlling indentation style:
9684 icon-tab-always-indent
9685 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9686 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9688 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9689 inserted in Icon code.
9691 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9692 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9693 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9694 icon-continued-statement-offset
9695 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9696 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9697 icon-continued-brace-offset
9698 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9699 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9701 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9702 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9703 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9704 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9706 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9707 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9711 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9712 ;;;;;; (15738 35332))
9713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9715 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9716 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9717 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9718 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9720 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9721 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9724 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
9725 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
9727 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9728 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9729 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9731 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9735 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9736 ;;;;;; (15738 35332))
9737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9739 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9740 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9742 The main features of this mode are
9744 1. Indentation and Formatting
9745 --------------------------
9746 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9747 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9749 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
9750 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
9751 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
9752 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9754 Comments are indented as follows:
9756 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9757 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9758 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9760 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9762 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
9763 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
9764 relative to the first will be retained. Use
9765 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
9766 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
9767 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
9770 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9771 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
9772 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
9773 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9777 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
9778 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
9779 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
9780 source file of a module. These commands know about system
9781 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
9782 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
9783 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9784 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9788 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9789 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9790 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9791 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9792 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9796 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9797 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9798 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9799 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9800 mixed or upper case.
9802 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9803 --------------------------------
9804 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9805 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9807 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9808 \\fu FUNCTION template
9809 \\c CASE statement template
9810 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9811 \\f FOR loop template
9812 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9813 \\w WHILE loop template
9814 \\i IF statement template
9815 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9818 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9819 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9821 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9822 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9823 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9825 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9826 -------------------------
9827 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9828 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9830 7. Automatic END completion
9831 ------------------------
9832 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9833 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9837 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9838 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9840 9. Documentation and Customization
9841 -------------------------------
9842 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
9843 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
9844 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
9845 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
9846 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9850 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9851 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9852 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9854 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9858 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
9859 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
9860 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
9861 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
9862 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
9863 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
9864 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
9865 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15731 19470))
9866 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
9868 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
9869 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
9870 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
9871 - 'buffer: Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
9873 - 'file: Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
9874 - 'both: Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
9875 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
9877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9878 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
9880 (custom-add-to-group (quote ido) (quote ido-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9882 (custom-add-load (quote ido-mode) (quote ido))
9884 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
9885 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
9886 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
9887 If second argument NOBIND is non-nil, no keys are rebound; otherwise,
9888 turning on ido-mode will modify the default keybindings for the
9889 find-file and switch-to-buffer families of commands to the ido
9890 versions of these functions.
9891 However, if second arg equals 'files, bind only for files, or if it
9892 equals 'buffers, bind only for buffers.
9893 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
9895 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
9896 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9897 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9898 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9899 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9900 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
9901 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string." nil nil)
9903 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
9904 Switch to another buffer.
9905 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
9906 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9909 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
9910 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
9911 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
9912 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
9913 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
9915 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
9916 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
9918 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
9919 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
9921 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
9922 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
9923 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
9924 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
9925 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
9926 in a separate window.
9927 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
9928 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
9929 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
9930 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
9931 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
9932 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
9933 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
9934 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
9935 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'." t nil)
9937 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
9938 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9939 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9940 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9942 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
9943 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9944 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9945 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9947 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
9949 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9950 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9952 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
9953 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
9954 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9955 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9957 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
9958 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9959 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9960 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9962 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
9963 Switch to another file starting from DIR." t nil)
9965 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
9966 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
9967 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
9968 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
9969 visible in another frame.
9971 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
9972 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
9973 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
9974 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
9975 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
9976 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
9978 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
9979 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
9981 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
9982 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
9984 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
9985 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
9986 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
9987 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
9988 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
9989 in a separate window.
9990 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including path).
9991 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
9992 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
9993 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
9994 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
9995 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
9996 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
9997 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
9998 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
9999 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
10000 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
10001 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
10002 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
10003 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
10004 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'." t nil)
10006 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
10007 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
10008 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10009 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10011 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
10012 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
10013 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10014 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10016 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
10017 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
10018 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10019 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10021 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
10022 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
10023 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10024 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10026 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
10027 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
10028 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10029 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10031 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
10032 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
10033 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10034 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10036 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
10037 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
10038 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10039 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10041 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
10042 Write current buffer to a file.
10043 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10044 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10046 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
10047 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
10048 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10049 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10051 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
10052 Call dired the ido way.
10053 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10054 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10056 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
10057 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
10058 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters." nil nil)
10060 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
10061 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
10062 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters." nil nil)
10066 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15727 34854))
10067 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
10068 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
10070 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
10071 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
10072 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
10076 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
10077 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
10078 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15698 64354))
10079 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
10081 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
10082 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
10083 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
10084 be determined." nil nil)
10086 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
10087 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
10088 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
10089 be determined." nil nil)
10091 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
10092 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
10093 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
10095 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
10097 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
10098 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
10099 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
10100 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
10101 use its file extension as image type.
10102 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
10103 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
10104 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
10105 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
10107 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
10108 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
10109 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
10110 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
10111 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
10112 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
10113 POS may be an integer or marker.
10114 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
10115 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
10116 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
10117 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
10119 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
10120 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
10121 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
10122 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
10123 defaulted if you omit it.
10124 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
10125 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
10126 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
10127 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
10129 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
10130 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
10131 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
10132 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
10134 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
10135 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
10137 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
10139 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
10140 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
10141 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
10142 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
10143 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
10144 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
10145 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
10146 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
10149 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
10151 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
10152 Define SYMBOL as an image.
10154 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
10155 documentation string.
10157 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
10158 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
10159 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
10160 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
10161 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
10162 string containing the actual image data. The first image
10163 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
10168 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
10169 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
10173 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
10174 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
10175 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15579 13239))
10176 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
10178 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
10179 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
10180 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
10181 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
10183 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
10184 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
10185 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
10186 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
10188 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
10189 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
10190 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
10191 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
10193 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
10194 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
10195 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
10196 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
10198 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
10199 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
10201 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
10202 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
10203 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
10204 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
10206 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
10207 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
10208 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10209 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10210 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
10212 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10214 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
10216 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
10217 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
10218 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
10219 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
10221 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
10222 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
10223 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
10227 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
10228 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15727 34854))
10229 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
10231 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
10232 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
10234 Affects only the mouse index menu.
10236 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
10237 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
10240 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
10242 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
10243 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
10244 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
10246 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
10247 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
10249 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
10250 to create a buffer index.
10252 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
10253 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
10255 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
10256 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
10257 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
10258 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
10259 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
10261 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
10262 entries are not nested.
10264 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
10265 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
10266 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
10267 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
10269 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
10270 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
10272 The variable is buffer-local.
10274 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
10275 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
10276 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
10278 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
10279 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
10280 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
10283 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
10285 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
10286 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
10288 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
10289 of the current buffer as an alist.
10291 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
10292 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
10293 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
10294 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
10295 if it is a sub-alist.
10297 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
10299 The variable is buffer-local.")
10301 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
10303 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
10304 Function for finding the next index position.
10306 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
10307 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
10308 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
10311 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
10312 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
10314 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10316 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
10318 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
10319 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
10321 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
10322 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
10323 It should return the name for that index item.
10325 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10327 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
10329 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
10330 Function to compare string with index item.
10332 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
10333 non-nil if they match.
10335 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
10336 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
10337 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
10340 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10342 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
10344 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
10345 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
10346 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
10348 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
10350 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
10352 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
10354 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
10355 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
10356 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
10357 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
10359 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
10360 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
10362 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
10364 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
10365 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
10366 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
10367 for more information." t nil)
10371 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
10372 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
10373 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15656 53216))
10374 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
10376 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
10377 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. " t nil)
10379 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10381 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10383 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10385 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
10386 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
10387 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
10388 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
10389 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'." nil nil)
10391 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
10392 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
10393 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
10394 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
10395 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'." nil nil)
10399 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
10400 ;;;;;; (15651 7290))
10401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
10403 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
10404 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
10405 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
10406 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
10407 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
10409 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
10410 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
10412 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
10413 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
10414 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
10415 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
10416 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
10417 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
10418 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
10419 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
10421 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
10422 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
10423 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
10424 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
10425 Inferior Lisp buffer.
10427 This variable is only used if the variable
10428 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
10430 More precise choices:
10431 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
10432 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
10435 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
10437 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
10438 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
10440 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
10441 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
10442 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
10444 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
10445 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
10446 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
10447 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
10448 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
10450 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
10454 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
10455 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
10456 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
10457 ;;;;;; (15685 15800))
10458 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
10460 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
10461 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
10462 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
10464 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
10465 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
10466 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
10467 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
10468 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
10469 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
10471 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
10472 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
10474 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
10475 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
10476 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
10478 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" nil t nil)
10480 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
10481 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
10482 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
10483 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
10485 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
10486 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
10488 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
10489 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
10490 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10491 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10492 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10494 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
10495 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
10497 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
10498 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10499 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10500 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10502 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
10503 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
10504 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
10508 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
10509 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
10510 ;;;;;; (15671 8032))
10511 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
10513 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
10514 Throw away all cached data.
10515 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
10516 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
10519 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
10520 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
10521 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
10522 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
10523 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10524 The default symbol is the one found at point.
10526 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
10528 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
10529 Display the documentation of a file.
10530 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
10531 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
10532 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10533 The default file name is the one found at point.
10535 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
10537 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
10538 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
10540 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
10541 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
10545 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
10546 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15185 49574))
10547 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
10549 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
10550 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
10552 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
10553 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
10554 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
10556 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
10557 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
10558 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
10560 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
10561 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
10562 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
10563 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
10565 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
10566 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
10567 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
10569 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
10570 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
10571 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
10572 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
10573 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
10577 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
10578 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
10579 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
10580 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
10582 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10583 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
10585 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10586 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
10588 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
10592 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
10593 ;;;;;; (15640 49863))
10594 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
10596 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
10597 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
10598 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
10599 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
10600 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
10601 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
10603 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
10604 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
10606 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
10607 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
10608 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
10609 \"s gives German sharp s.
10610 /a gives a with ring.
10611 /e gives an a-e ligature.
10612 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
10613 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
10614 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
10616 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
10617 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
10621 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
10622 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
10623 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
10624 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15186 56483))
10625 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
10627 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
10628 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
10629 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10630 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10632 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
10633 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
10634 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10635 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10637 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
10638 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
10639 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10640 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10642 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10643 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10644 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10645 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10647 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10648 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10649 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10650 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10652 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
10653 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10654 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10655 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10657 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
10658 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10659 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10660 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10662 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
10663 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
10664 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10665 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10667 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10668 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10669 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10670 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10672 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10673 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
10675 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10676 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
10678 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
10679 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
10683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
10684 ;;;;;; (15404 61941))
10685 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
10686 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
10687 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
10688 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
10692 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
10693 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
10694 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
10695 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
10696 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
10697 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15686 22779))
10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
10700 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
10701 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
10703 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
10704 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
10705 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
10706 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
10708 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
10709 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
10710 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
10712 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
10714 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
10716 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
10718 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
10720 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
10722 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
10724 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
10725 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
10727 Each element of this list is also a list:
10729 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
10730 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
10732 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
10733 nil means the default dictionary.
10735 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
10738 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
10740 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
10741 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
10742 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
10743 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
10744 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
10745 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
10746 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
10747 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
10748 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
10750 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
10751 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
10754 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
10757 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
10758 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
10759 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
10760 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
10761 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
10762 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
10763 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
10764 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
10766 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
10768 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
10769 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
10770 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
10772 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
10773 Key map for ispell menu.")
10775 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
10776 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
10777 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
10778 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
10780 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
10782 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dir (if (boundp (quote ispell-library-directory)) ispell-library-directory)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) ((or (not dir) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))))
10784 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
10786 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
10788 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
10790 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
10791 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
10792 The alist key must be a regular expression.
10793 Valid forms include:
10794 (KEY) - just skip the key.
10795 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
10796 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
10797 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
10799 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
10800 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
10801 First list is used raw.
10802 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
10804 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
10805 for skipping in latex mode.")
10807 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
10809 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
10810 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
10811 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
10812 in a window allowing you to choose one.
10814 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
10815 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
10816 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
10817 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
10818 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
10820 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
10821 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
10823 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
10825 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
10826 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
10829 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
10830 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
10831 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
10832 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
10833 quit spell session exited." t nil)
10835 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
10836 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
10837 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
10839 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
10840 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10844 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10845 SPC: Accept word this time.
10846 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10847 `a': Accept word for this session.
10848 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10849 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10850 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10851 `?': Show these commands.
10852 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10853 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10854 the aborted check to be completed later.
10855 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10856 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10857 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10858 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10859 `C-l': redraws screen
10860 `C-r': recursive edit
10861 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10863 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10864 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10865 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10867 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10868 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10869 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10871 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10873 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10875 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10876 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10877 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10878 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10880 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10881 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10883 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10884 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10886 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10887 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10889 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10890 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
10891 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10892 sequence inside of a word.
10894 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10896 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10897 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10899 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10900 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10901 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10902 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10904 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10905 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10906 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10907 available on the net." t nil)
10909 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10910 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10911 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10913 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10914 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10916 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10917 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10919 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10920 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10921 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10922 Don't check included messages.
10924 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10925 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10926 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10928 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10929 in your .emacs file:
10930 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10931 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10932 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10933 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10935 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10936 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10937 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10941 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10942 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10943 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15544 37705))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10946 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10947 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10948 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10949 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10950 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10951 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10953 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10954 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10955 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10956 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10958 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10960 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10961 Switch to another buffer.
10963 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10964 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10965 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10967 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10969 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10970 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10971 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10972 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10974 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10975 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10976 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10977 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10979 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10980 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10981 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10982 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10984 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10985 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
10986 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10987 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10988 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10990 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10992 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10994 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10995 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10996 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10997 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10998 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
11002 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
11003 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
11004 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
11005 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15185 62673))
11006 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
11008 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
11010 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
11011 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
11012 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
11013 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
11014 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
11015 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
11016 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
11017 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
11019 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
11020 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
11021 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
11022 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
11024 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
11025 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
11026 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
11027 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
11028 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
11030 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
11031 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
11032 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
11033 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
11035 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
11036 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
11037 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
11038 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
11040 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
11041 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
11043 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
11044 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
11045 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
11046 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
11047 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
11049 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
11050 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
11051 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
11052 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
11053 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
11055 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
11056 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11057 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
11061 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15361
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
11065 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
11066 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
11067 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
11068 that needs to be (re)fontified.
11069 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
11073 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
11074 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15730 33155))
11075 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
11077 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
11078 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
11079 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11080 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11081 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
11083 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11085 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
11087 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
11088 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
11089 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
11090 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
11092 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
11093 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
11097 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
11098 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
11099 ;;;;;; (15640 49861))
11100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
11102 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
11103 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
11104 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11105 decimal key must be specified.")
11107 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11109 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-setup) (quote keypad))
11111 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
11112 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
11113 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11114 decimal key must be specified.")
11116 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-numlock-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11118 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-numlock-setup) (quote keypad))
11120 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
11121 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
11122 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11123 decimal key must be specified.")
11125 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11127 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
11129 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
11130 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
11131 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11132 decimal key must be specified.")
11134 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11136 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
11138 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
11139 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
11140 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
11141 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
11142 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
11146 -------------------------------------------------------------
11147 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
11148 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
11149 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
11150 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
11151 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map.
11153 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
11154 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'" nil nil)
11158 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
11159 ;;;;;; (15185 62673))
11160 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
11162 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
11163 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
11164 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
11166 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
11167 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
11168 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
11169 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
11172 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
11173 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
11174 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
11178 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15185
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
11182 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
11183 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
11184 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
11185 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
11186 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
11187 positions that contains the current selection.")
11189 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
11190 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
11191 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
11192 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
11193 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
11194 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
11195 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
11199 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
11200 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
11201 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
11202 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (15739 48977))
11203 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
11204 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
11205 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
11206 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
11207 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
11208 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
11209 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
11210 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
11212 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
11213 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
11214 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
11215 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
11216 Use \\[call-last-kbd-macro] to execute the macro.
11217 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
11218 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
11220 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
11221 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
11222 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
11224 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
11225 defining the macro.
11227 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
11228 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
11229 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format]." t nil)
11231 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
11232 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
11233 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
11234 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
11235 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
11238 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
11239 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
11240 An argument of zero means repeat until error." t nil)
11242 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
11243 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
11244 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
11246 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
11247 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
11248 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
11249 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
11251 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
11252 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro." t nil)
11254 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
11255 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
11256 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
11258 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
11261 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
11262 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
11264 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
11265 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
11266 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
11268 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
11269 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format]." t nil)
11271 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
11272 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
11273 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
11274 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring." t nil)
11276 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
11277 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
11278 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times." t nil)
11280 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
11281 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
11282 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it." t nil)
11286 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
11287 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15185 62673))
11288 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
11290 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
11291 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
11292 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
11294 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
11298 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
11299 ;;;;;; (15354 48719))
11300 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
11302 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
11304 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
11305 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
11307 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
11309 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
11310 Start or resume an Lm game.
11311 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11312 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
11314 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
11315 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
11316 none / 1 | yes | no
11321 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
11322 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
11323 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
11327 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
11328 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
11329 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15377
11331 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
11333 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
11335 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
11336 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
11337 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
11338 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
11339 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
11340 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
11342 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
11343 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
11345 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
11346 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
11348 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
11350 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
11351 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
11352 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
11353 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
11356 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
11358 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
11362 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
11363 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15377 1423))
11364 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
11366 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
11367 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
11368 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
11369 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
11370 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
11371 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
11372 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
11373 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
11375 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
11376 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
11378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11379 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
11381 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
11383 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
11385 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
11386 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
11387 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
11388 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
11389 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
11390 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
11391 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
11392 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil)
11394 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
11395 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
11396 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
11397 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
11399 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11400 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
11402 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
11404 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
11408 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
11409 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15510 21813))
11410 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
11412 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
11413 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
11414 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
11415 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
11417 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
11419 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
11420 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
11423 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
11425 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
11426 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
11427 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
11428 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
11429 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
11432 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
11433 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
11434 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
11435 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
11436 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
11438 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
11439 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
11440 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
11441 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
11442 slow to keep up with your typing.
11444 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
11445 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
11446 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
11447 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
11448 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
11449 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
11451 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
11452 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
11453 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
11454 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
11456 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
11457 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
11458 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
11459 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
11461 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
11462 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
11463 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
11464 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
11465 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
11467 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
11468 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
11472 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
11473 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
11474 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
11476 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
11477 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
11479 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
11480 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
11482 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
11483 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
11485 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
11486 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
11487 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
11488 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
11489 for later transmission to Lisp job.
11490 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
11491 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
11492 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
11493 and transmit saved text.
11495 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
11496 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
11498 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
11502 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64776))
11503 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
11505 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
11506 Run Conway's Life simulation.
11507 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
11508 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
11509 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
11513 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15727
11515 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
11517 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
11518 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
11519 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
11520 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
11524 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
11525 ;;;;;; (15400 23926))
11526 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
11528 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
11529 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
11530 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
11532 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
11533 Run the locate command with a filter.
11535 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
11536 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
11540 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15326 11642))
11541 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
11543 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
11544 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
11545 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
11546 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
11547 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
11548 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
11549 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
11550 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
11551 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
11552 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
11553 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
11554 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
11555 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
11559 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15408
11561 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
11563 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
11564 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
11568 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
11569 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15595
11571 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
11573 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
11575 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
11577 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
11578 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
11579 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
11581 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
11582 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
11584 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
11585 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
11586 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
11587 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
11588 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
11589 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
11590 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
11592 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
11593 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
11594 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
11595 switch on this list.
11596 See `lpr-command'.")
11598 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
11599 *Name of program for printing a file.
11601 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
11602 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
11603 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
11604 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
11605 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
11606 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
11609 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
11610 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
11611 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11612 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11614 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
11615 Paginate and print buffer contents.
11617 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11618 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11619 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11620 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11622 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11623 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11625 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11626 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11628 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
11629 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
11630 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11631 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11633 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
11634 Paginate and print the region contents.
11636 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11637 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11638 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11639 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11641 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11642 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11644 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11645 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15407 18714))
11650 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
11652 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
11656 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15683
11658 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
11660 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
11661 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
11662 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11664 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
11668 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15186
11670 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
11672 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
11673 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
11679 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
11680 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15185 49574))
11681 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
11683 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11684 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
11685 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
11686 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
11687 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
11689 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11690 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
11691 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
11692 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
11694 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
11695 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
11696 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
11697 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
11700 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
11701 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
11703 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
11704 Query user during kbd macro execution.
11705 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
11706 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
11707 each time the macro executes.
11708 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
11709 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
11710 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
11711 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
11712 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
11713 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
11714 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
11716 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
11717 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
11718 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
11720 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
11721 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
11722 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
11725 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
11726 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
11728 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
11729 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
11730 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
11731 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
11732 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
11734 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
11737 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
11738 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
11739 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
11741 You could enter the names in this format:
11747 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
11750 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
11753 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
11754 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
11756 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
11760 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
11761 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15661 53043))
11762 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
11764 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
11765 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
11766 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
11767 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
11769 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
11770 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
11771 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
11772 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
11773 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
11775 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
11776 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
11777 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
11778 consing a string.)" nil nil)
11780 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
11781 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
11785 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
11786 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
11787 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
11788 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
11790 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
11791 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
11793 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
11795 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
11796 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
11798 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
11799 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
11800 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
11803 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
11807 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
11808 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
11809 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15513
11811 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
11813 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
11814 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
11815 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
11816 often correct parser.")
11818 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
11820 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11821 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
11822 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11823 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11825 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11826 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
11827 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11828 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11830 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
11831 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
11832 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11833 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
11835 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
11836 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
11837 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
11838 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
11839 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
11840 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
11844 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
11845 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15664 47249))
11846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
11848 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
11849 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
11851 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
11852 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
11853 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
11855 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
11856 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
11857 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
11861 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
11862 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15303
11864 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
11866 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
11867 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
11868 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11870 If `parens', they look like:
11871 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11872 If `angles', they look like:
11873 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
11875 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
11876 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
11877 If interactive, expand in header fields.
11878 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
11879 their `Resent-' variants.
11881 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
11882 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
11884 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
11885 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
11886 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
11888 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
11889 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
11890 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
11891 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
11893 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
11894 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
11895 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
11896 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
11900 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
11901 ;;;;;; (15365 19469))
11902 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
11904 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
11905 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
11906 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
11908 \\{makefile-mode-map}
11910 In the browser, use the following keys:
11912 \\{makefile-browser-map}
11914 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
11916 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
11917 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
11919 `makefile-target-colon':
11920 The string that gets appended to all target names
11921 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
11922 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
11924 `makefile-macro-assign':
11925 The string that gets appended to all macro names
11926 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
11927 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
11928 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
11929 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
11930 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
11932 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
11933 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
11934 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
11936 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
11937 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
11939 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
11940 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
11941 up or down in the browser.
11943 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
11944 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
11946 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
11947 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
11949 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
11950 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
11951 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
11952 has been selected in the browser.
11954 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
11955 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
11956 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
11957 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
11958 filenames are omitted.
11960 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p':
11961 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
11962 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
11963 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
11964 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
11965 the backslash itself intact.
11966 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
11967 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
11969 `makefile-browser-hook':
11970 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
11971 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
11973 `makefile-special-targets-list':
11974 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
11975 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
11976 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
11980 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
11982 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
11984 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
11985 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
11986 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
11990 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15425 23120))
11991 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
11993 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
11995 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
11996 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
11997 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
11998 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
11999 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
12000 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
12001 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
12003 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
12004 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
12005 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
12006 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
12008 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
12009 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
12013 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15400 24164))
12014 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
12016 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
12017 Toggle Master mode.
12018 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
12019 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
12020 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
12022 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
12023 following commands:
12025 \\{master-mode-map}
12027 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
12028 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
12029 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil)
12033 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
12034 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
12035 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
12036 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
12037 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
12038 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
12039 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
12040 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
12041 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
12042 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15533 28774))
12043 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
12045 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
12046 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
12048 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
12050 If `parens', they look like:
12051 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
12052 If `angles', they look like:
12053 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
12055 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
12056 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
12058 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
12059 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
12061 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
12062 *Local news organization file.")
12064 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
12065 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
12066 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
12067 variable `mail-header-separator'.
12069 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
12070 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
12071 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
12073 See also `send-mail-function'.")
12075 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
12076 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
12078 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
12079 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
12081 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
12082 *Function for citing an original message.
12083 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
12084 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
12085 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
12087 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
12088 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
12089 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
12090 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
12091 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
12093 (defvar message-signature t "\
12094 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
12095 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
12096 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
12097 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
12099 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
12100 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
12101 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
12102 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
12104 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12106 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
12107 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
12108 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
12109 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
12110 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
12111 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
12112 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
12113 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
12114 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
12115 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
12116 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
12117 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
12118 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
12119 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
12120 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
12121 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
12122 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
12123 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
12124 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
12125 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
12126 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
12127 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
12128 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
12129 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
12130 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
12132 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
12133 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12134 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
12136 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
12137 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
12139 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
12140 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
12142 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
12143 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
12145 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
12146 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
12147 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
12149 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
12150 Cancel an article you posted.
12151 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
12153 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
12154 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
12155 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
12156 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
12158 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
12159 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
12161 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
12162 Forward the current message via mail.
12163 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
12164 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
12166 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
12168 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
12170 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
12171 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
12173 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
12174 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
12176 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
12177 Re-mail the current message.
12178 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
12179 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
12182 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
12183 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
12185 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
12186 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
12188 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
12189 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
12191 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
12192 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
12194 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
12195 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
12196 Works by overstriking characters.
12197 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
12198 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
12200 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
12201 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
12202 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
12203 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
12207 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
12208 ;;;;;; (15577 64658))
12209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
12211 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
12212 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
12216 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
12217 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
12219 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
12220 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
12224 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
12225 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
12229 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
12230 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
12231 ;;;;;; (14861 58026))
12232 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
12234 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
12235 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
12236 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
12238 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
12239 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
12240 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
12241 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
12242 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
12243 redisplayed as output is inserted.
12244 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
12246 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
12247 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
12248 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
12249 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
12250 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
12252 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
12253 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
12255 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
12256 Process current region through 'metamail'.
12257 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
12258 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
12259 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
12261 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
12262 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
12266 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
12267 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15394 11401))
12268 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
12270 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
12271 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
12272 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12273 to the MH mail system.
12275 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
12277 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
12278 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
12279 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12280 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
12281 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
12282 that want to create a mail buffer.
12283 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
12285 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
12286 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
12287 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12288 to the MH mail system.
12290 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
12292 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
12293 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
12294 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
12295 using the MH mail handling system.
12296 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
12299 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
12301 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
12303 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
12304 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
12305 the yanked message.
12307 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
12308 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
12309 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
12310 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
12311 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
12313 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
12314 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
12315 inserted in a draft letter.
12317 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
12318 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
12320 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
12324 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15394
12326 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
12328 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
12329 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
12330 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12331 to the MH mail system." t nil)
12333 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
12334 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
12338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15185 62673))
12339 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
12341 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
12342 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
12346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15400 24719))
12347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
12349 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12351 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12353 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12355 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12359 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
12360 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15185 62672))
12361 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
12363 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
12364 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
12365 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
12366 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
12367 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
12368 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
12369 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
12370 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
12371 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
12372 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
12373 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
12375 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
12376 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
12377 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
12378 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
12382 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
12383 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15381 46814))
12384 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
12386 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
12387 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
12388 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12389 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12390 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
12392 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12394 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
12396 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
12397 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
12398 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
12399 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
12400 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
12401 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
12402 default indication.
12404 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12405 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12409 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
12410 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
12411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
12413 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
12414 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
12415 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
12416 the entire message.
12417 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
12421 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
12422 ;;;;;; (15216 151))
12423 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
12425 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
12426 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
12428 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
12429 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
12433 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
12434 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
12435 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
12437 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
12438 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
12439 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
12440 followed by the first character of the construct.
12442 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
12443 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
12444 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
12445 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
12446 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
12447 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
12448 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
12449 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
12450 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
12451 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
12452 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
12453 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
12454 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
12457 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
12458 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
12459 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
12463 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
12464 ;;;;;; (15186 44923))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
12467 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
12468 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
12470 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
12471 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
12475 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15669
12477 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
12479 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
12480 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
12481 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12482 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12483 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
12485 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse-sel) (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12487 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote mouse-sel))
12489 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
12490 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
12491 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12492 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
12494 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
12496 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
12498 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
12500 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
12501 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
12502 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
12503 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
12504 Triple-clicking selects lines.
12505 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
12507 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
12508 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
12509 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
12510 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
12511 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
12513 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
12514 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
12516 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
12517 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
12519 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
12521 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
12522 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
12523 primary selection and region." t nil)
12527 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15572 18539))
12528 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
12530 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
12531 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
12535 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15577 29858))
12536 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
12538 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
12539 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
12540 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12542 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
12544 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12546 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
12548 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
12550 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12551 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
12552 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
12556 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
12557 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
12558 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
12559 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
12560 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
12561 ;;;;;; (15669 48157))
12562 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
12564 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
12565 Display a list of all character sets.
12567 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
12568 internal Emacs use.
12570 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
12571 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
12572 hexadecimal digits.
12573 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
12574 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
12576 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
12577 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
12578 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
12579 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
12581 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12582 but still shows the full information." t nil)
12584 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
12585 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
12586 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
12587 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
12588 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
12590 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
12591 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
12592 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
12593 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
12594 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
12596 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
12597 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
12598 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
12599 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
12600 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'." t nil)
12602 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
12603 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET." t nil)
12605 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12606 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
12608 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
12609 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
12611 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
12612 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
12614 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12615 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12616 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
12617 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
12618 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
12619 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
12620 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12621 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12622 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12623 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12624 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12625 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12626 `default-process-coding-system' for read
12627 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
12628 `default-process-coding-system' for write
12629 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
12631 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12632 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
12634 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
12635 Display a list of all coding systems.
12636 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
12638 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12639 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
12641 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
12642 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
12644 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
12645 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
12647 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
12648 Display information about FONTSET.
12649 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
12651 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
12652 Display a list of all fontsets.
12653 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
12654 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
12655 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
12657 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
12658 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
12660 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
12661 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
12663 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
12664 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
12665 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
12666 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
12670 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
12671 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
12672 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
12673 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
12674 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
12675 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
12676 ;;;;;; (15671 1184))
12677 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
12679 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
12680 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
12681 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
12683 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
12685 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
12686 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
12688 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
12689 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
12691 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
12692 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
12694 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
12695 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
12696 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
12697 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
12698 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
12699 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
12700 buffer; see also `char-width'.
12702 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
12703 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
12704 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
12705 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
12706 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
12707 middle of a character in STR.
12709 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
12710 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
12712 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
12713 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
12714 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
12715 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
12716 defaults to \"...\"." nil nil)
12718 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
12720 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
12722 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
12723 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
12725 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
12726 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
12727 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
12729 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
12730 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
12731 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
12733 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12734 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
12735 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
12737 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
12738 longer than KEYSEQ.
12739 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
12741 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12742 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
12743 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
12744 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
12745 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
12746 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
12747 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
12748 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
12749 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
12750 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
12751 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
12753 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
12754 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
12756 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12757 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil)
12759 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12760 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil)
12762 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
12763 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil)
12765 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
12766 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil)
12768 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
12769 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
12770 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
12771 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
12773 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
12774 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
12775 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
12776 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
12778 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
12779 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
12780 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
12781 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
12785 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
12786 ;;;;;; (15727 34850))
12787 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
12789 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
12790 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
12791 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12793 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
12795 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12797 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
12799 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
12800 Toggle mouse wheel support.
12801 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12802 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12804 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
12805 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
12809 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
12810 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
12811 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
12812 ;;;;;; (15416 26762))
12813 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
12815 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
12816 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
12818 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
12820 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
12821 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
12823 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
12824 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
12826 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
12828 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
12829 Run netstat program." t nil)
12831 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
12832 Run the arp program." t nil)
12834 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
12835 Run the route program." t nil)
12837 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
12838 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
12840 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
12841 Run nslookup program." t nil)
12843 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
12844 Run dig program." t nil)
12846 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
12847 Run ftp program." t nil)
12849 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
12850 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
12852 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
12853 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
12854 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
12855 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
12857 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
12859 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
12860 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
12862 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
12863 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
12867 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
12868 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
12869 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
12870 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
12871 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (15732 40307))
12872 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
12874 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
12876 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
12878 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
12880 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
12882 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
12884 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
12885 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
12886 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
12887 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
12888 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
12889 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
12891 (defvar comment-start nil "\
12892 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
12894 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
12895 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
12896 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
12897 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
12899 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
12900 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
12902 (defvar comment-end "" "\
12903 *String to insert to end a new comment.
12904 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
12906 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
12907 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
12908 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
12909 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
12910 column indentation or nil.
12911 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
12913 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
12914 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
12915 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
12917 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
12918 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
12919 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
12920 of the corresponding number of spaces.
12922 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
12923 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
12925 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
12926 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
12927 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
12929 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
12931 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
12932 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
12934 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
12935 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
12936 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
12938 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
12939 Set the comment column based on point.
12940 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
12941 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
12942 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
12943 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
12945 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
12946 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
12947 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
12949 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12950 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
12951 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
12952 comment markers." t nil)
12954 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
12955 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
12956 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
12957 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
12958 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
12959 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
12960 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
12961 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
12963 The strings used as comment starts are built from
12964 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
12966 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12967 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
12968 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
12969 is passed on to the respective function." t nil)
12971 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
12972 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
12973 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
12974 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
12975 case it calls `uncomment-region').
12976 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
12977 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
12978 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
12980 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
12981 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
12982 This indents the body of the continued comment
12983 under the previous comment line.
12985 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
12986 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
12987 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
12989 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
12990 or comment indentation.
12992 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
12993 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
12997 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15640
12999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
13001 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
13002 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
13003 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
13004 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
13005 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
13006 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
13010 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
13011 ;;;;;; (15727 34848))
13012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
13014 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
13015 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
13016 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
13020 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
13021 ;;;;;; (14858 45538))
13022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
13024 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
13025 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
13026 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
13030 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
13031 ;;;;;; (15538 21134))
13032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
13034 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
13035 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
13039 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
13040 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15655 50635))
13041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
13043 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
13044 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
13046 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
13047 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
13049 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
13050 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
13054 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
13055 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15515 40558))
13056 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
13058 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
13059 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
13060 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
13062 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
13064 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
13065 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
13066 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
13067 to future sessions." t nil)
13069 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
13070 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
13071 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
13072 to future sessions." t nil)
13076 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
13077 ;;;;;; (15293 32589))
13078 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
13080 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
13081 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
13083 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
13084 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
13085 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
13089 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
13090 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
13091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
13093 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
13094 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
13095 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
13096 specified by `octave-help-files'.
13097 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
13101 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
13102 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
13103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
13105 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
13106 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
13107 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
13109 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
13111 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
13112 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
13114 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
13115 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
13116 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
13118 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
13122 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
13123 ;;;;;; (15407 37706))
13124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
13126 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
13127 Major mode for editing Octave code.
13129 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
13130 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
13131 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
13132 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
13134 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
13135 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
13136 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
13137 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
13138 is why you need this mode!).
13140 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
13141 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
13142 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
13144 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
13149 \\{octave-mode-map}
13151 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
13152 ==============================================
13155 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
13158 octave-auto-newline
13159 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
13162 octave-blink-matching-block
13163 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
13164 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
13166 octave-block-offset
13167 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
13170 octave-continuation-offset
13171 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
13174 octave-continuation-string
13175 String used for Octave continuation lines.
13176 Default is a backslash.
13178 octave-mode-startup-message
13179 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
13182 octave-send-echo-input
13183 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
13184 command to the inferior Octave process.
13186 octave-send-line-auto-forward
13187 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
13188 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
13190 octave-send-echo-input
13191 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
13193 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
13195 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
13196 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
13198 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
13199 (setq auto-mode-alist
13200 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
13202 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
13203 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
13205 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
13209 (if (eq window-system 'x)
13210 (font-lock-mode 1))))
13212 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
13213 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
13214 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
13215 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
13219 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
13220 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
13221 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
13223 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
13224 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
13225 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
13227 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
13228 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
13229 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
13230 in which there are commands to set the option values.
13231 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
13233 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
13237 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
13238 ;;;;;; (15593 36680))
13239 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
13241 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
13242 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
13243 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
13244 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
13246 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
13247 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
13248 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
13249 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
13251 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
13252 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
13253 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
13254 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
13255 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
13256 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
13258 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
13259 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
13261 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
13262 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
13263 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
13264 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
13265 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
13266 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
13267 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
13268 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
13269 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
13270 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
13271 The subheadings remain visible.
13272 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
13274 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
13275 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
13276 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
13278 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
13279 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
13281 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
13282 Toggle Outline minor mode.
13283 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13284 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
13288 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15501 5682))
13289 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
13291 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
13292 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
13293 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13294 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13295 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
13297 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13299 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
13301 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
13302 Toggle Show Paren mode.
13303 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13304 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
13306 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
13307 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
13311 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15738
13313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
13315 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
13316 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
13317 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13319 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
13320 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
13322 Other useful functions are:
13324 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
13325 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
13326 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
13327 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
13328 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
13329 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
13330 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
13331 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
13332 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
13334 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
13336 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
13337 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
13338 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
13339 Indentation for case statements.
13340 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
13341 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
13343 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
13344 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
13345 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
13346 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
13347 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13348 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
13349 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
13350 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
13351 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
13352 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
13354 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
13355 pascal-separator-keywords.
13357 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
13358 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13362 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
13363 ;;;;;; (15214 27238))
13364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
13366 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
13367 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
13368 The keys affected are:
13369 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
13370 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
13371 M-Backspace does undo.
13372 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
13373 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
13374 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
13378 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
13379 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15510 21814))
13380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
13382 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13383 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
13384 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13385 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13386 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
13388 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13390 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13392 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
13393 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
13395 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13397 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
13398 which modify the status of the mark.
13400 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
13401 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
13403 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
13404 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
13406 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
13407 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
13408 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
13409 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
13410 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
13412 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
13413 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
13415 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
13416 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
13417 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
13419 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
13420 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
13421 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
13423 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
13424 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
13426 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
13427 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
13428 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
13430 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
13431 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
13432 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
13438 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
13439 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
13440 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
13442 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13443 Toggle PC Selection mode.
13444 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
13445 and cursor movement commands.
13446 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13447 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
13449 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13451 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13455 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15645
13457 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
13459 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
13460 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
13464 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
13465 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15185 62672))
13466 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
13468 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13469 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
13471 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13472 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
13474 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13475 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
13477 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13478 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
13480 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13484 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
13485 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15185 62672))
13486 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
13488 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13489 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
13491 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13492 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
13494 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13495 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
13499 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15185
13501 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
13503 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
13504 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
13505 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
13506 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
13507 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
13508 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
13512 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
13513 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
13514 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15185 62672))
13515 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
13517 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13518 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
13520 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
13522 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13523 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
13525 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13526 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
13528 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13529 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
13531 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13533 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13534 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
13536 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13537 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
13539 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13540 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
13544 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
13545 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
13546 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15698
13548 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
13550 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
13551 Support extensible programmable completion.
13552 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
13553 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
13555 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
13556 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
13558 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
13559 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13560 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13562 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
13563 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
13565 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
13566 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13567 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13569 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
13570 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
13572 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
13573 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
13575 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13576 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
13577 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
13578 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
13579 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
13581 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13582 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
13586 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
13587 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
13588 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15732 40308))
13589 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
13591 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
13592 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
13593 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
13594 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13596 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
13598 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
13599 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
13600 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
13601 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13602 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13603 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
13604 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
13606 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
13607 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
13608 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
13609 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13610 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13611 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13612 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13613 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13615 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
13616 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13617 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13618 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13619 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13620 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
13622 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
13623 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13624 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13625 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13626 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13627 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13628 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13630 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
13632 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
13633 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
13634 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
13636 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
13637 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
13638 nil means never do it.
13639 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
13640 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
13641 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
13643 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
13644 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
13645 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
13649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15646 4758))
13650 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
13652 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
13656 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
13657 ;;;;;; (15437 4642))
13658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
13660 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
13661 Major mode for editing Perl code.
13662 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
13663 Tab indents for Perl code.
13664 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
13665 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13666 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13668 Variables controlling indentation style:
13669 `perl-tab-always-indent'
13670 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
13671 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13672 `perl-tab-to-comment'
13673 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
13674 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
13675 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
13677 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
13678 `perl-indent-level'
13679 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
13680 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13681 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13682 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
13683 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13684 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13685 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
13686 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13687 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
13688 `perl-brace-offset'
13689 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13690 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
13691 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13692 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13693 `perl-label-offset'
13694 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
13695 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
13696 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
13698 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
13699 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
13700 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
13701 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
13702 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
13703 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
13704 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
13706 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
13710 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
13711 ;;;;;; (15648 42443))
13712 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
13714 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
13715 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
13716 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
13717 afterwards settable by these commands:
13718 C-c < Move left after insertion.
13719 C-c > Move right after insertion.
13720 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
13721 C-c . Move down after insertion.
13722 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
13723 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
13724 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
13725 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
13726 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
13727 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
13728 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
13729 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
13730 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
13731 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
13732 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
13733 with these commands:
13734 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
13735 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
13736 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
13737 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
13738 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
13739 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
13740 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
13741 Return Move to beginning of next line.
13742 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
13743 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
13744 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
13745 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
13746 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
13747 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
13748 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
13749 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
13750 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
13751 You can manipulate text with these commands:
13752 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
13753 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
13754 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
13755 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
13756 text is saved in the kill ring.
13757 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
13758 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
13759 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
13760 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
13761 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
13762 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
13763 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
13764 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
13765 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
13766 commands if invoked soon enough.
13767 You can return to the previous mode with:
13768 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
13769 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
13771 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
13773 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
13774 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
13776 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
13780 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
13781 ;;;;;; (15507 32977))
13782 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
13784 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
13785 Return a Mule (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file charset.
13786 Called through file-coding-system-alist, before the file is visited for real." nil nil)
13790 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15457 7212))
13791 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
13793 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
13794 Play pong and waste time.
13795 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
13796 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
13798 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
13800 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
13804 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
13805 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15467 59919))
13806 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
13808 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
13809 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
13810 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
13811 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible." nil nil)
13813 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
13814 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
13815 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
13816 can handle, whenever this is possible.
13817 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
13819 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
13820 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
13821 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
13822 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
13823 in the variable `values'." t nil)
13825 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
13826 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
13827 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
13828 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
13832 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
13833 ;;;;;; (15609 17209))
13834 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
13836 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
13837 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
13838 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
13840 \\{prolog-mode-map}
13841 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
13842 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13844 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
13845 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
13849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 24982))
13850 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
13852 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
13853 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
13854 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
13858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15490 41428))
13859 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
13860 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
13864 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
13865 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
13866 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
13867 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15677 43265))
13868 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
13870 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
13871 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
13875 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
13876 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
13877 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
13878 changed by setting the variable
13879 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
13880 The initial value of this variable is
13881 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
13884 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
13885 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
13886 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
13887 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
13888 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
13889 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
13892 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
13893 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
13894 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
13895 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
13896 source file. BDF fonts are included in
13897 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
13898 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
13899 use this value, be sure to have installed
13900 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
13901 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
13902 documentation of this variable).
13904 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
13905 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
13906 characters. This is convenient when you want or
13907 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
13908 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
13909 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
13911 Any other value is treated as nil.")
13913 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
13914 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
13915 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
13917 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13919 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
13920 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
13922 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
13924 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13928 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13930 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13931 the sequence." nil nil)
13933 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
13934 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
13936 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
13939 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13943 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13945 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13946 the sequence." nil nil)
13948 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
13949 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
13951 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
13952 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
13953 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
13955 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
13956 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
13958 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
13959 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
13960 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
13962 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13966 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
13967 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
13968 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
13969 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
13970 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
13971 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15728 1715))
13972 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
13974 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
13975 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
13976 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
13977 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
13979 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
13980 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
13982 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13983 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13985 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13986 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
13987 sending it to the printer.
13989 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13990 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13991 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13993 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13994 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13995 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13996 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13997 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13999 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
14000 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
14001 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
14003 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
14004 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
14005 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
14006 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
14007 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
14009 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
14010 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
14011 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
14012 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
14014 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
14016 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
14017 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
14018 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
14019 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
14020 so it has a way to determine color values.
14022 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
14024 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
14025 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
14026 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
14028 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
14030 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
14031 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
14032 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
14033 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
14034 so it has a way to determine color values.
14036 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
14038 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
14039 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
14041 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
14042 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
14043 instead of sending it to the printer.
14045 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
14046 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
14047 image in a file with that name." t nil)
14049 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
14050 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
14051 current ps-print setup.
14052 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
14053 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
14055 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
14056 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
14057 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
14059 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
14060 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
14061 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
14063 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
14064 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
14066 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
14067 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
14069 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
14070 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
14072 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
14073 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
14075 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
14077 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
14079 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
14080 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
14082 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
14083 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
14085 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
14086 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
14088 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
14090 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
14092 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
14094 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
14095 foreground and background colors respectively.
14097 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
14098 bold - use bold font.
14099 italic - use italic font.
14100 underline - put a line under text.
14101 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
14102 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
14103 shadow - text will have a shadow.
14104 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
14105 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
14107 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
14111 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
14112 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
14113 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
14114 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
14115 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15640 49863))
14116 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
14118 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
14119 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
14121 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
14122 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
14123 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
14125 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
14126 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
14128 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
14129 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
14130 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
14131 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
14132 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
14133 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
14134 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
14136 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
14137 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
14138 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
14139 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
14140 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
14142 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
14144 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
14145 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
14146 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
14147 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
14148 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
14149 list of candidates.
14151 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
14152 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
14153 command to be called.
14155 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
14156 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
14157 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
14158 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
14160 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
14161 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
14162 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
14163 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
14164 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
14167 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
14168 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
14169 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
14170 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
14172 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
14173 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
14174 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
14175 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
14177 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
14178 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
14179 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
14180 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
14181 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
14182 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
14184 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
14185 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
14186 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
14187 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
14188 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
14189 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
14191 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
14192 covers Quail translation region.
14194 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
14195 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
14196 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
14197 for it) is inserted.
14199 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
14200 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
14201 vs. corresponding command to be called.
14203 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
14204 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
14205 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
14207 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
14208 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
14210 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
14211 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
14212 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
14213 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
14214 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
14216 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
14217 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
14219 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
14220 keyboard type." t nil)
14222 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
14223 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
14224 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
14225 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
14226 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
14227 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
14228 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
14229 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
14230 for the translation.
14231 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
14233 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
14234 it is used to handle KEY.
14236 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
14237 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
14238 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
14239 the following annotation types are supported.
14241 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
14242 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
14244 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
14247 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
14248 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
14249 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
14252 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
14253 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
14255 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
14256 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
14258 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
14259 which to install MAP.
14261 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
14263 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
14264 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
14266 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
14267 which to install MAP.
14269 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
14271 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
14272 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
14273 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
14274 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
14275 a function, or a cons.
14276 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
14277 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
14278 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
14279 for the translation.
14280 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
14281 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
14282 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
14283 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
14284 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
14286 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
14287 it is used to handle KEY.
14289 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
14290 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
14291 current Quail package.
14293 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
14294 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
14296 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
14297 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
14299 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
14300 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
14302 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
14304 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
14305 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
14307 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
14308 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
14309 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
14310 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
14311 of the Emacs source tree.
14313 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
14314 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
14316 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
14317 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
14318 of each directory." t nil)
14322 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
14323 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
14324 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15186
14326 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
14328 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
14329 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
14330 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
14331 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
14333 To make use of this do something like:
14335 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
14337 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
14339 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
14340 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
14342 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
14343 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
14344 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
14346 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
14347 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
14349 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
14350 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
14352 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
14353 is decided." t nil)
14355 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
14356 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
14358 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
14359 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
14360 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
14362 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
14363 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
14365 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
14366 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
14368 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
14369 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
14371 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
14373 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
14375 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
14376 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
14380 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15425
14382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
14384 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
14385 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
14386 See \\[compile]." t nil)
14390 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
14391 ;;;;;; (15357 4420))
14392 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
14394 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
14395 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
14399 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
14400 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
14401 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15565 44318))
14402 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
14404 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
14405 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
14407 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
14408 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
14410 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
14411 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
14413 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
14414 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
14415 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
14416 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
14417 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
14419 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
14420 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
14422 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
14423 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
14424 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14426 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
14428 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14430 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
14432 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
14433 Toggle recentf mode.
14434 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14435 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14437 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
14438 were operated on recently." t nil)
14442 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
14443 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
14444 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
14445 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15671
14447 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
14449 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
14450 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
14451 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
14452 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
14454 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
14456 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
14457 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
14458 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
14459 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
14462 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14463 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
14464 to be deleted." t nil)
14466 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14467 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14468 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
14470 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14471 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14474 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14475 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14476 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
14478 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
14479 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
14481 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14482 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
14484 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14487 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
14488 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
14490 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14491 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
14492 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
14493 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
14494 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
14495 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
14496 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
14498 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
14499 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14501 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
14502 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
14504 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14505 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
14506 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
14508 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
14510 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
14511 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
14512 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
14513 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
14514 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
14516 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14517 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
14519 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
14520 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
14521 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
14523 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
14525 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
14527 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14528 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14530 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14531 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
14532 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
14534 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
14535 Blank out the region-rectangle.
14536 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
14538 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14539 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
14540 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
14544 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15396
14546 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
14548 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
14549 Toggle Refill minor mode.
14550 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
14552 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
14553 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
14554 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
14558 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
14559 ;;;;;; (15738 35332))
14560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
14562 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
14563 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
14565 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
14566 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
14568 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
14569 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
14571 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
14572 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
14573 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
14576 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
14577 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
14578 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
14580 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
14581 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
14582 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
14584 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
14585 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
14587 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
14588 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
14590 \\{reftex-mode-map}
14591 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
14594 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
14598 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
14599 ;;;;;; (15727 34845))
14600 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
14602 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
14603 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
14604 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
14605 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
14606 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
14607 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
14609 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
14611 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
14613 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
14614 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
14615 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
14616 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
14618 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
14619 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
14620 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
14621 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
14625 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
14626 ;;;;;; (15727 34844))
14627 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
14629 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
14630 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
14631 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
14633 To insert new phrases, use
14634 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
14635 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
14637 To index phrases use one of:
14639 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
14640 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
14641 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
14642 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
14643 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
14645 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
14646 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
14648 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
14650 Here are all local bindings.
14652 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
14656 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
14657 ;;;;;; (15640 49861))
14658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
14660 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
14661 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
14662 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
14663 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
14664 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
14665 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
14667 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
14668 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
14670 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
14671 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
14673 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
14674 Return the depth of REGEXP.
14675 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
14676 in REGEXP." nil nil)
14680 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15182 61046))
14681 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
14683 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
14684 Repeat most recently executed command.
14685 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
14686 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
14687 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
14689 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
14690 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
14691 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
14695 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
14696 ;;;;;; (15356 45077))
14697 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
14699 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
14700 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
14702 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
14703 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
14704 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
14705 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
14706 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
14707 and point is left after the salutation.
14709 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
14710 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
14711 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
14712 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
14713 left after that text.
14715 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
14718 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
14719 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
14720 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
14721 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
14725 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
14726 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
14727 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
14729 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
14730 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
14731 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
14732 visibility of comments that precede it.
14733 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
14734 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
14735 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
14736 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
14737 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
14738 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
14739 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
14740 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
14742 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
14743 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
14744 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
14745 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
14746 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
14747 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
14751 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
14753 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
14755 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
14756 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
14760 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
14761 ;;;;;; (15593 36678))
14762 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
14764 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14765 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
14766 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14768 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14769 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14770 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14772 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
14773 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
14774 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14775 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14776 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
14778 (custom-add-to-group (quote global-reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14780 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
14782 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14783 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
14784 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14786 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14787 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14788 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14792 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
14793 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
14794 ;;;;;; (15727 34850))
14795 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
14797 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
14798 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14799 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
14800 If emacs is not running under a window system,
14801 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
14803 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
14804 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14805 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
14806 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
14807 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
14809 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
14810 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
14811 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14813 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
14815 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote file-name-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14817 (custom-add-load (quote file-name-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
14819 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
14820 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
14821 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
14822 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
14823 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
14824 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
14825 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
14827 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14828 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
14832 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
14833 ;;;;;; (14632 7438))
14834 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
14836 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
14837 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
14839 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
14840 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
14844 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15507 55753))
14845 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
14846 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14848 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
14849 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
14850 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
14851 other arguments for `rlogin'.
14853 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
14855 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
14856 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
14857 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
14858 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
14860 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
14861 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
14863 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
14864 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
14866 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
14867 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
14870 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
14871 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
14872 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
14873 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
14874 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
14876 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
14877 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
14878 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
14879 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
14881 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
14882 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
14887 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
14888 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
14889 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
14890 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
14891 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
14892 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
14893 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15727 34847))
14894 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
14896 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
14897 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
14898 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
14899 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
14901 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
14902 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
14903 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
14904 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
14905 value is the user's email address and name.)
14906 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
14908 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
14909 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
14910 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
14911 which normally happens once for each message,
14912 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
14913 To make a change in this variable take effect
14914 for a message that you have already viewed,
14915 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
14917 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
14918 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
14919 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
14920 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
14922 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
14923 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
14925 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
14926 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
14927 A value of nil means don't highlight.
14928 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
14930 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
14931 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
14933 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
14934 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
14936 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
14937 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
14938 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
14939 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
14940 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
14942 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
14943 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
14945 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
14946 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
14948 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
14949 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
14951 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
14952 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
14954 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
14955 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
14957 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
14958 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
14960 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
14961 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
14963 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
14964 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
14966 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
14967 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
14968 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
14969 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
14971 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
14972 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
14974 This is set to nil by default.")
14976 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
14977 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
14978 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
14979 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
14980 until a user explicitly requires it.")
14982 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
14983 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
14984 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14985 It is called with no argument.")
14987 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
14988 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
14989 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
14990 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
14991 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14992 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14993 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14995 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
14996 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
14997 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14998 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14999 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
15000 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
15002 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
15003 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
15004 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
15005 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
15006 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
15008 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
15009 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
15010 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
15011 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
15012 MSG is the message number,
15013 REGEXP is the regular expression,
15014 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
15016 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
15017 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
15018 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
15019 this feature is required with `require'.")
15021 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
15022 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
15023 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
15024 the message is decoded as normal way.
15026 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
15027 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
15028 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
15030 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
15031 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
15032 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
15034 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
15035 Read and edit incoming mail.
15036 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
15037 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
15038 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
15040 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
15041 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
15042 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
15043 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
15045 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
15047 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
15048 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
15049 All normal editing commands are turned off.
15050 Instead, these commands are available:
15052 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
15053 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
15054 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
15055 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
15056 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
15057 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
15058 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
15059 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
15060 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
15061 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
15062 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
15063 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
15064 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
15065 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
15066 till a deleted message is found.
15067 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
15068 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
15069 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
15070 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
15071 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
15072 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
15073 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
15074 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
15075 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
15076 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
15077 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
15078 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
15079 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
15080 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
15081 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
15082 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
15083 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
15084 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
15085 (label defaults to last one specified).
15086 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
15087 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
15088 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
15089 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
15090 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
15091 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
15092 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
15093 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
15094 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
15096 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
15097 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
15099 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
15100 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
15104 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
15105 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
15106 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
15108 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
15109 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
15113 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
15114 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
15115 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15185 49575))
15116 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
15118 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
15119 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
15120 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
15122 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
15123 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
15124 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
15126 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
15128 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
15129 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
15130 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
15131 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
15132 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
15134 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
15135 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
15136 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
15137 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
15138 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
15142 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
15143 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
15144 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
15146 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
15147 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
15148 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
15149 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
15153 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
15154 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
15155 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15575 18328))
15156 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
15158 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
15159 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
15160 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
15161 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
15162 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
15163 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
15164 a file name as a string.")
15166 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
15167 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
15168 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
15169 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
15170 buffer visiting that file.
15171 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
15172 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
15174 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
15175 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
15177 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
15178 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
15180 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
15181 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
15183 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
15184 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
15186 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
15187 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
15188 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
15189 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
15190 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
15192 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
15193 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
15194 will be appended with their original headers.
15196 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
15197 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
15199 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
15200 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
15202 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
15204 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
15205 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
15206 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
15210 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
15211 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
15212 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15185
15214 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
15216 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
15217 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
15218 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15220 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
15221 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
15222 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15224 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
15225 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
15226 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15228 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
15229 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
15230 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15232 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
15233 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
15234 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15236 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
15237 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
15238 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15240 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
15241 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
15242 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
15243 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
15247 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
15248 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
15249 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
15250 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
15251 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15649 61373))
15252 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
15254 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
15255 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
15257 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
15258 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
15260 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
15261 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
15263 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
15264 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
15265 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
15267 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
15268 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
15269 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
15270 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
15271 only look in the To and From fields.
15272 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
15274 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
15275 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
15276 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
15277 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
15278 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
15280 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
15281 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
15282 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
15283 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
15284 look in the whole message.
15285 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
15287 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
15288 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
15289 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
15291 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
15292 *Function to decode summary-line.
15294 By default, `identity' is set.")
15296 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
15297 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
15298 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
15299 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
15300 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
15301 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
15302 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
15304 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
15305 sent by you under different user names.
15306 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
15308 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
15312 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
15313 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
15314 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
15316 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
15317 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
15318 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
15319 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
15323 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
15324 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15601 18543))
15325 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
15327 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
15328 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string." nil nil)
15330 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
15331 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING." nil nil)
15333 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
15334 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer." t nil)
15336 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
15337 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
15338 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
15340 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
15341 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
15344 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
15346 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
15347 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
15351 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
15352 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
15353 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
15354 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
15355 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
15356 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
15358 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
15359 *This variable is obsolete.")
15361 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15363 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
15365 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
15366 *This variable is obsolete.")
15368 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
15369 *This variable is obsolete.")
15371 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
15372 *This variable is obsolete.")
15374 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
15375 *This variable is obsolete.")
15377 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
15378 *This variable is obsolete.")
15380 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
15381 This function is obsolete." t nil)
15385 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15730
15387 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
15389 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
15390 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil)
15394 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15738
15396 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
15398 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
15399 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
15400 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
15401 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
15403 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
15404 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
15405 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
15407 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
15411 matches string STRING literally.
15414 matches character CHAR literally.
15417 matches any character except a newline.
15420 matches any character
15423 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
15424 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
15430 matches any character not in SET
15433 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
15434 in the text being matched
15437 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
15440 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15441 string being matched against.
15444 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15445 string being matched against.
15448 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15449 buffer being matched against.
15452 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15453 buffer being matched against.
15456 matches the empty string, but only at point.
15459 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15463 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
15466 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15469 `(not word-boundary)'
15470 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
15474 matches 0 through 9.
15477 matches ASCII control characters.
15480 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
15483 matches space and tab only.
15486 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
15490 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
15494 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15495 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15498 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15499 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15502 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
15505 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
15508 matches anything lower-case.
15511 matches anything upper-case.
15514 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15515 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
15518 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
15521 matches anything that has word syntax.
15524 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
15525 of the following symbols.
15527 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
15528 `punctuation' (\\s.)
15531 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
15532 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
15533 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
15534 `string-quote' (\\s\")
15535 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
15537 `character-quote' (\\s/)
15538 `comment-start' (\\s<)
15539 `comment-end' (\\s>)
15541 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
15542 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
15544 `(category CATEGORY)'
15545 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
15546 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
15548 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
15549 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
15550 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
15551 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
15555 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
15556 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
15557 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
15558 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
15559 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
15560 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
15561 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
15562 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
15563 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
15564 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
15565 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
15566 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
15567 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
15576 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
15580 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
15582 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
15587 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
15588 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
15590 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15591 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
15593 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15594 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
15595 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
15597 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15598 another name for `submatch'.
15600 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15601 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
15602 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
15603 regular expression.
15605 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
15606 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
15607 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
15608 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
15609 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
15611 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
15612 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
15614 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
15615 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15618 like `zero-or-more'.
15621 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15624 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15626 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
15627 matches one or more occurrences of A.
15630 like `one-or-more'.
15633 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15636 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15638 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
15639 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
15642 like `zero-or-one'.
15645 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15648 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15651 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15653 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
15654 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15657 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
15661 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
15665 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
15666 ;;;;;; (15651 7291))
15667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
15669 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
15670 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
15671 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15673 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
15674 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
15675 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
15676 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
15677 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
15678 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
15679 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
15680 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
15683 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15684 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15685 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15686 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
15687 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
15689 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
15690 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
15691 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15694 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15695 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15696 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15697 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
15698 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
15699 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
15703 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
15704 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
15705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
15707 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
15708 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
15709 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
15711 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
15715 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15394
15717 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
15719 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
15720 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
15721 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
15722 \\{scribe-mode-map}
15724 Interesting variables:
15726 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
15727 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
15729 `scribe-electric-quote'
15730 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
15732 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
15733 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
15734 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
15738 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
15739 ;;;;;; (15704 51484))
15740 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
15742 (defvar scroll-all-mode "Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.\nWith ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.\nWhen Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window\napply to all visible windows in the same frame." "\
15743 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
15744 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15746 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
15748 (custom-add-to-group (quote scroll-all) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15750 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
15752 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
15757 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
15758 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
15759 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
15760 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
15761 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
15762 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (15731 62230))
15763 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
15765 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
15766 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
15768 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15770 If `parens', they look like:
15771 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15772 If `angles', they look like:
15773 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15774 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
15775 derived from the envelope-from address.
15777 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
15778 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
15779 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
15780 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
15782 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
15783 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
15784 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
15785 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
15787 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
15788 is a privileged operation.")
15790 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
15791 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
15792 This is done when the message is initialized,
15793 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
15795 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
15796 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
15797 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
15799 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
15800 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
15802 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
15803 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
15804 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
15805 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
15806 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
15807 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
15808 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
15810 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
15811 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
15813 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
15814 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
15815 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
15817 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
15818 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
15819 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
15820 when you first send mail.")
15822 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
15823 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
15824 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
15825 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
15826 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
15828 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
15829 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
15830 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
15831 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
15832 This file need not actually exist.")
15834 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
15835 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
15836 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
15837 If a string, that string is inserted.
15838 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
15839 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
15840 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
15841 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
15843 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
15844 *Directory for mail buffers.
15845 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
15846 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
15848 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
15849 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
15850 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
15851 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
15852 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
15853 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
15854 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
15855 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
15856 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
15857 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
15858 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
15859 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
15860 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
15861 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
15862 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
15864 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
15865 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15866 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15867 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
15868 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
15869 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15871 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
15872 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15873 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
15875 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
15876 User should not set this variable manually,
15877 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
15878 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
15879 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15880 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
15882 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
15883 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
15884 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
15885 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
15887 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
15888 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
15891 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
15893 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
15894 to move to message header fields:
15897 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
15898 when the message is initialized.
15900 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
15901 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
15903 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
15906 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
15907 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
15909 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
15910 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
15912 The second through fifth arguments,
15913 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
15914 the initial contents of those header fields.
15915 These arguments should not have final newlines.
15916 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
15917 original message being replied to, or else an action
15918 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
15919 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
15920 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
15921 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
15922 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
15923 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
15925 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
15926 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
15928 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
15929 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
15933 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15708 56871))
15934 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
15936 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
15937 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
15938 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
15939 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
15940 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
15941 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
15943 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
15947 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
15948 ;;;;;; (15664 47250))
15949 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
15951 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15952 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
15954 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
15957 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
15958 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
15959 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
15961 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
15962 your `.emacs' file.
15964 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
15966 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15967 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
15968 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
15970 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15971 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
15972 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
15973 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
15974 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
15975 which this is based.
15977 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15979 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
15980 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
15981 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
15982 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
15984 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
15985 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
15986 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
15988 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
15989 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
15990 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
15991 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
15993 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
15994 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
15995 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
15996 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
15998 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
16000 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
16001 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
16002 To work around that, do:
16003 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
16005 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
16009 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
16010 ;;;;;; (15738 35332))
16011 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
16013 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
16015 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
16016 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
16017 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
16018 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
16019 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
16020 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
16022 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
16023 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
16024 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
16025 shell-specific features.
16027 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
16028 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
16029 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
16031 \\[sh-case] case statement
16032 \\[sh-for] for loop
16033 \\[sh-function] function definition
16034 \\[sh-if] if statement
16035 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
16036 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
16037 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
16038 \\[sh-select] select loop
16039 \\[sh-until] until loop
16040 \\[sh-while] while loop
16042 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
16043 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
16044 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
16045 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
16046 would indent to the way it currently is.
16047 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
16048 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
16051 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
16052 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
16053 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
16054 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
16055 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
16056 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
16058 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
16060 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
16062 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
16063 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
16064 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
16066 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
16067 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
16069 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
16073 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
16074 ;;;;;; (15524 61380))
16075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
16077 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
16078 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
16080 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
16081 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
16082 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
16083 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
16086 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
16088 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
16090 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
16091 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
16092 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
16094 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
16095 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
16097 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
16098 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
16099 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
16100 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
16101 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
16102 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
16103 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
16106 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
16107 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
16108 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
16109 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
16110 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
16112 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
16113 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
16114 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
16118 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
16119 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15509
16121 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
16123 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
16124 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
16125 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
16126 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
16127 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
16128 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
16129 in the cluster." t nil)
16131 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
16132 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
16133 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
16134 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
16135 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
16137 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
16138 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
16139 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
16140 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
16141 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
16142 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
16143 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
16145 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
16146 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
16150 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
16151 ;;;;;; (15651 7287))
16152 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
16154 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
16155 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
16156 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
16157 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
16158 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
16161 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
16162 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
16163 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
16164 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
16165 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
16166 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
16167 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
16168 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
16169 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
16170 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
16171 discards input when it starts up.)
16172 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
16173 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
16174 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
16176 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16177 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16178 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16179 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
16180 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16181 `default-process-coding-system'.
16183 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
16184 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
16185 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
16186 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
16188 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16189 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
16193 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15727
16195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
16197 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
16198 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
16199 \\{simula-mode-map}
16200 Variables controlling indentation style:
16201 simula-tab-always-indent
16202 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
16203 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16204 simula-indent-level
16205 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
16206 simula-substatement-offset
16207 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
16208 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
16209 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
16210 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
16211 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
16212 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
16213 simula-label-offset -4711
16214 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
16215 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
16216 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
16217 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
16218 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
16219 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
16220 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
16221 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
16222 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
16223 simula-electric-indent nil
16224 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
16225 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
16226 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
16227 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
16228 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
16229 or nil if they should not be changed.
16230 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
16231 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
16232 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
16233 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
16235 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
16236 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
16238 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
16239 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
16244 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
16245 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
16246 ;;;;;; (15585 20334))
16247 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
16249 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
16250 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
16252 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
16253 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
16254 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
16255 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
16256 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
16258 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
16259 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
16260 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
16261 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
16262 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
16263 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
16264 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
16266 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
16267 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
16270 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
16271 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
16272 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
16273 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
16274 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
16275 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
16276 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
16278 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
16279 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
16282 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
16283 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
16285 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
16286 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
16287 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
16288 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
16290 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
16291 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
16292 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
16293 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
16295 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
16296 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
16297 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
16299 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
16300 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
16302 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
16303 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
16305 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
16306 _ interesting point, interregion here
16307 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
16308 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
16309 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
16310 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
16311 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
16312 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
16315 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
16316 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
16318 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
16319 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
16320 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
16321 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
16322 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
16323 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
16324 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
16325 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
16327 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
16328 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
16329 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
16330 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
16331 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
16334 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
16335 then: insert previously read string once more
16336 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
16337 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
16338 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
16340 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
16341 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
16343 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
16344 Insert the character you type ARG times.
16346 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
16347 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
16348 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
16349 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
16350 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
16353 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
16354 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
16355 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
16359 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15732
16361 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
16363 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
16364 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
16365 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
16369 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
16370 ;;;;;; (14902 55791))
16371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
16373 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
16374 Display textual smileys as images.
16375 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
16376 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
16377 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
16381 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
16382 ;;;;;; (15734 30756))
16383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
16385 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
16389 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15540 36607))
16390 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
16392 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
16393 Play the Snake game.
16394 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
16396 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
16398 Snake mode keybindings:
16400 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
16401 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
16402 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16403 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
16404 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
16405 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
16406 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down" t nil)
16410 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
16411 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
16412 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
16414 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16415 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
16416 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16417 Tab indents for C code.
16418 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16419 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16421 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
16422 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
16424 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16425 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
16426 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16427 Tab indents for C code.
16428 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16429 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16431 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
16432 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
16436 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
16437 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
16438 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15738 35331))
16439 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
16441 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
16442 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
16444 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
16445 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
16446 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
16448 For example, the form
16450 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
16451 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
16453 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
16455 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
16456 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16458 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16459 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
16460 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
16463 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16465 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
16466 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16468 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16469 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
16470 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
16473 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16475 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
16476 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
16477 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
16480 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16482 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
16483 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
16484 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
16486 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
16487 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
16489 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
16491 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
16492 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
16493 Requires floating point." nil nil)
16497 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15544
16499 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
16501 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
16504 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
16505 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
16506 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
16507 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
16508 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
16509 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
16510 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
16511 check after each move or undo)
16515 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
16516 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
16517 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
16536 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
16537 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
16538 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
16539 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
16541 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
16542 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
16543 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
16546 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
16547 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
16549 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
16565 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
16567 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
16571 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
16572 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
16573 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15544 37707))
16574 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
16576 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
16577 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
16578 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
16580 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
16581 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
16582 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
16583 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
16586 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
16587 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
16588 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16591 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
16592 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
16594 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
16595 It moves point to the start of the next record.
16596 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
16597 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
16600 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
16601 It should move point to the end of the record.
16603 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
16604 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
16605 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
16606 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
16607 starts at the beginning of the record.
16609 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
16610 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
16611 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
16613 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
16614 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16615 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16616 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16617 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16618 the sort order." t nil)
16620 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
16621 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16622 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16623 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16624 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16625 the sort order." t nil)
16627 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
16628 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16629 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16630 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16631 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16632 the sort order." t nil)
16634 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
16635 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
16636 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16637 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
16638 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
16639 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
16640 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16641 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16642 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
16644 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
16645 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
16646 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16647 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16648 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16649 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
16650 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16651 the sort order." t nil)
16653 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
16654 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
16655 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
16656 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
16657 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
16658 is to be used for sorting.
16659 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
16660 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
16661 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
16662 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
16663 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
16665 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
16667 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16670 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
16671 starting with the letter \"f\",
16672 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
16674 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
16675 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
16676 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
16677 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
16678 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
16679 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
16680 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16683 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
16684 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
16685 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
16686 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
16687 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
16689 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
16690 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
16691 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
16695 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
16696 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15738 35331))
16697 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
16699 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
16701 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
16702 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
16703 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
16704 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
16705 supported at a time.
16706 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
16707 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
16709 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
16710 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
16711 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
16712 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
16716 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
16717 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15185 49575))
16718 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
16720 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16722 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
16723 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
16724 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
16725 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
16726 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
16727 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
16729 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
16730 Check spelling of word at or before point.
16731 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
16732 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
16734 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
16735 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
16736 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
16737 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
16738 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
16740 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
16741 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
16745 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
16747 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
16749 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
16750 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
16752 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
16753 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
16757 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
16758 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
16759 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15430 11109))
16760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
16762 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
16763 Show short help for the SQL modes.
16765 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
16766 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
16768 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
16770 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
16771 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
16773 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
16775 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
16776 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
16777 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
16778 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
16779 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
16780 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
16781 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
16783 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
16785 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
16786 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
16787 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
16788 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
16790 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
16791 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
16792 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
16793 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
16795 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
16796 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
16797 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
16799 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
16800 Major mode to edit SQL.
16802 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
16803 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
16804 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
16807 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
16809 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
16810 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
16811 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
16812 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
16813 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
16814 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
16816 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
16817 `sql-interactive-mode'.
16819 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
16820 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
16821 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
16823 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
16825 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))" t nil)
16827 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
16828 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
16830 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16831 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16834 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
16835 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16836 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
16837 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
16839 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16840 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16842 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16843 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16844 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16845 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16846 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16847 `default-process-coding-system'.
16849 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16851 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
16852 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
16854 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16855 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16858 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
16859 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
16860 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16861 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
16863 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16864 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16866 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16867 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16868 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16869 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16870 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16871 `default-process-coding-system'.
16873 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16875 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
16876 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
16878 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16879 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16882 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
16883 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16885 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16886 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16888 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16889 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16890 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16891 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16892 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16893 `default-process-coding-system'.
16895 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16897 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
16898 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
16900 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
16902 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16903 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16906 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
16907 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
16908 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16909 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
16911 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16912 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16914 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16915 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16916 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16917 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16918 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16919 `default-process-coding-system'.
16921 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16923 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
16924 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
16926 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16927 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16930 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
16931 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
16934 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16935 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16937 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16938 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16939 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16940 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16941 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16942 `default-process-coding-system'.
16944 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16946 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
16947 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
16949 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16950 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16953 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
16954 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16956 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16957 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16959 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16960 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16961 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16962 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16963 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16964 `default-process-coding-system'.
16966 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16968 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
16969 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
16971 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16972 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16975 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
16976 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
16977 as defaults, if set.
16979 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16980 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16982 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16983 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16984 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16985 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16986 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16987 `default-process-coding-system'.
16989 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16991 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
16992 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
16994 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16995 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16998 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
16999 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
17000 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
17001 `sql-postgres-options'.
17003 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
17004 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
17006 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
17007 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
17008 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
17009 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
17010 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
17011 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
17012 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
17013 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
17015 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
17016 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
17018 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
17020 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
17021 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
17023 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
17024 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
17027 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
17028 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
17031 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
17032 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
17034 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
17035 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
17036 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
17037 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
17038 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
17039 `default-process-coding-system'.
17041 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
17043 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
17044 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
17046 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
17047 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
17050 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
17053 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
17054 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
17056 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
17057 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
17058 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
17059 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
17061 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
17062 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
17063 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
17064 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
17065 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
17066 `default-process-coding-system'.
17068 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
17072 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
17073 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
17074 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
17075 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
17076 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15664
17078 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
17080 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
17081 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
17082 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
17083 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
17084 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
17085 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
17087 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
17088 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
17089 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
17090 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
17091 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
17092 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
17093 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
17095 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
17096 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
17097 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
17098 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
17099 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
17100 then complete the stroke with button 3.
17101 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
17103 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
17104 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
17105 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
17107 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
17108 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
17109 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
17111 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
17112 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
17114 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
17115 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
17117 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
17118 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
17120 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
17121 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
17122 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
17123 chronologically by command name.
17124 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
17126 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
17127 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
17128 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17130 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
17132 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17134 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
17136 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
17137 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
17138 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
17139 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
17140 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
17141 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
17142 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
17144 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
17145 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
17146 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
17147 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
17149 \\{strokes-mode-map}" t nil)
17151 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
17152 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
17153 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
17154 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
17156 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
17157 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
17161 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
17162 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
17163 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
17165 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
17166 Studlify-case the region." t nil)
17168 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
17169 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil)
17171 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
17172 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil)
17176 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
17177 ;;;;;; (15498 37604))
17178 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
17180 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
17181 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
17182 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
17183 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
17184 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
17185 original message but it does require a few things:
17187 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
17189 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
17192 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
17193 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
17196 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
17198 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
17200 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
17201 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
17202 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
17206 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15569
17208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
17210 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
17211 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
17212 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
17213 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
17215 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
17216 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
17217 avoid a more expansive scan.
17218 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil)
17222 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
17223 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
17225 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
17226 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
17227 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
17228 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
17229 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
17231 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
17232 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
17233 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
17234 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
17235 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
17236 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
17237 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
17241 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
17242 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
17243 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
17244 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
17245 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
17246 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
17247 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
17248 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
17249 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
17250 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
17251 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
17252 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
17253 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (15738 35332))
17254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
17256 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
17257 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
17258 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
17260 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
17261 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
17263 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
17264 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
17266 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
17267 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
17269 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
17270 Insert an editable text table.
17271 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
17272 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
17273 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
17274 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
17275 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
17276 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
17281 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
17283 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
17288 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
17289 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
17290 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
17291 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
17294 +-----+-----+-----+
17296 +-----+-----+-----+
17298 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
17300 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
17301 width, which results as
17303 +--------------+-----+-----+
17305 +--------------+-----+-----+
17307 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
17308 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
17310 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17312 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17314 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
17315 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
17316 width information to `table-insert'.
17318 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
17324 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
17327 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
17328 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
17330 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17333 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17335 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
17337 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17340 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17343 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17345 Move the point under the table as shown below.
17347 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17350 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17353 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17356 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
17357 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
17358 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
17360 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17363 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17366 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17369 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17371 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
17374 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17377 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17378 | | |Text editing inside the table |
17379 | | |cell produces reasonably |
17380 | | |expected results.-!- |
17381 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17384 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
17386 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
17391 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
17392 Insert N table row(s).
17393 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
17394 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
17395 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
17396 are appended at the bottom of the table." t nil)
17398 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
17399 Insert N table column(s).
17400 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
17401 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
17402 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
17403 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table." t nil)
17405 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
17406 Insert row(s) or column(s).
17407 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'." t nil)
17409 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
17410 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
17411 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
17412 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
17413 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
17414 all the table specific features." t nil)
17416 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" nil t nil)
17418 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
17419 Recognize all tables within region.
17420 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
17421 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
17422 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
17423 specific features." t nil)
17425 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" nil t nil)
17427 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
17428 Recognize a table at point.
17429 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
17430 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
17431 the table specific features." t nil)
17433 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" nil t nil)
17435 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
17436 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
17437 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
17438 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
17439 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
17440 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
17441 plain text and loses all the table specific features." t nil)
17443 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" nil t nil)
17445 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
17446 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
17447 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
17448 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
17449 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
17450 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
17453 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
17454 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
17455 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
17456 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
17457 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
17458 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
17459 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
17460 table structure." t nil)
17462 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
17463 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
17464 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
17465 table's rectangle structure." t nil)
17467 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
17468 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
17469 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
17470 table's rectangle structure." t nil)
17472 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
17473 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
17474 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
17475 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
17476 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
17478 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
17480 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
17481 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
17482 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
17484 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
17485 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
17486 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
17487 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
17488 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
17489 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
17490 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
17492 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
17493 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
17494 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
17495 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
17496 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
17497 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
17498 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
17500 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
17501 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
17502 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
17503 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
17504 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
17505 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
17506 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
17507 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
17510 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
17511 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
17512 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
17513 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells." t nil)
17515 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
17516 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
17517 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below." t nil)
17519 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
17520 Split current cell vertically.
17521 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location." t nil)
17523 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
17524 Split current cell horizontally.
17525 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location." t nil)
17527 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
17528 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
17529 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically." t nil)
17531 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
17532 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
17533 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
17534 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none." t nil)
17536 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
17537 Justify cell contents.
17538 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
17539 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
17540 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
17541 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified." t nil)
17543 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
17544 Justify cells of a row.
17545 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
17546 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical." t nil)
17548 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
17549 Justify cells of a column.
17550 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
17551 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical." t nil)
17553 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
17554 Toggle fixing width mode.
17555 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
17556 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
17557 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines." t nil)
17559 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
17560 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
17561 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
17562 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
17563 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
17564 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
17565 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
17566 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
17567 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
17568 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
17569 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported." t nil)
17571 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
17572 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
17573 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
17574 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
17575 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
17576 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
17577 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
17578 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
17579 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
17580 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
17581 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
17582 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
17585 References used for this implementation:
17591 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
17593 CALS (DocBook DTD):
17594 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
17595 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
17598 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
17599 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
17600 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
17601 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
17602 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
17603 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
17604 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
17605 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
17606 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
17607 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
17608 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
17609 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
17610 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
17611 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
17612 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
17613 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
17614 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
17619 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
17620 (table-forward-cell 15)
17621 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
17622 (table-forward-cell 16)
17623 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
17624 (table-forward-cell 1)
17625 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
17628 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
17629 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
17630 (table-forward-cell 1)
17631 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
17634 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
17635 Delete N row(s) of cells.
17636 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
17637 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
17638 consists from cells of same height." t nil)
17640 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
17641 Delete N column(s) of cells.
17642 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
17643 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
17644 column must consists from cells of same width." t nil)
17646 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
17647 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
17648 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
17649 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
17650 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
17651 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
17652 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
17653 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
17654 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
17655 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
17656 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
17657 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
17658 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
17659 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
17660 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
17669 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
17670 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
17671 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
17674 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
17676 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
17678 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
17680 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
17684 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
17685 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
17686 of each row is optional.
17691 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
17692 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
17693 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
17694 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
17695 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
17697 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
17698 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
17700 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
17701 expression and raw delimiter regular
17702 expression, it parses the specified text
17703 area and extracts cell items from
17704 non-table text and then forms a table out
17707 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
17708 creates a single cell table. The text in
17709 the specified region is placed in that
17712 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
17715 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
17716 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
17717 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
17719 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
17720 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
17721 | expression, it parses the specified text |
17722 | area and extracts cell items from |
17723 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
17726 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
17727 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
17728 | the specified region is placed in that |
17730 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
17732 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
17733 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
17736 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
17737 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
17738 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
17739 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
17740 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
17741 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
17742 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
17743 | |area and extracts cell items from |
17744 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
17746 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
17747 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
17748 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
17749 | |the specified region is placed in that |
17751 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
17753 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
17754 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
17755 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
17758 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
17759 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
17760 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
17761 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
17762 `table-capture' which does the opposite process." t nil)
17766 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15569 44240))
17767 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
17769 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
17770 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
17774 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15712 9990))
17775 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
17777 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
17778 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
17779 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
17780 Letters no longer insert themselves.
17781 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
17782 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
17783 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
17785 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
17786 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
17787 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
17788 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
17790 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
17791 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
17795 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
17796 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15533 28779))
17797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
17799 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
17800 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
17801 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
17802 Tab indents for Tcl code.
17803 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
17804 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
17806 Variables controlling indentation style:
17808 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
17809 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
17810 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
17812 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
17813 documentation for details):
17814 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
17815 Controls action of TAB key.
17817 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
17818 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
17819 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
17820 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
17821 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
17823 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
17824 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
17825 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
17829 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
17831 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
17832 Run inferior Tcl process.
17833 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
17834 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
17836 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
17837 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
17838 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
17842 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15430 11124))
17843 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
17844 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
17846 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
17847 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
17848 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
17849 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
17850 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
17851 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
17852 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
17853 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
17855 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
17856 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
17857 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
17858 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
17862 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15549
17864 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
17866 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
17867 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
17868 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
17869 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
17870 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
17871 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
17873 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
17874 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
17876 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
17877 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
17881 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15490
17883 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
17885 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
17886 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
17887 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
17888 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
17889 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
17890 program as keyboard input.
17892 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
17893 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
17894 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
17895 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
17897 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
17898 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
17899 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
17900 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
17901 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
17903 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
17905 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
17906 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
17907 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
17908 terminal-redisplay-interval.
17910 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
17911 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
17912 subprocess started." t nil)
17916 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15540 36638))
17917 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
17919 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
17920 Play the Tetris game.
17921 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
17922 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
17923 as to form complete rows.
17925 tetris-mode keybindings:
17926 \\<tetris-mode-map>
17927 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
17928 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
17929 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
17930 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
17931 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
17932 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
17933 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
17934 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
17940 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
17941 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
17942 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17943 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
17944 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
17945 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
17946 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
17947 ;;;;;; (15666 2624))
17948 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
17950 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
17951 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
17953 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
17954 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
17955 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
17956 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
17957 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
17959 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
17960 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
17961 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
17962 if it matches the first line of the file,
17963 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
17965 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
17966 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
17967 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
17968 if the variable is non-nil.")
17970 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
17971 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
17973 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
17974 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
17975 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17976 See the documentation of that variable.")
17978 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
17979 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
17980 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17981 See the documentation of that variable.")
17983 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
17984 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
17985 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17986 See the documentation of that variable.")
17988 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
17989 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
17990 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
17991 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
17992 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17994 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
17995 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
17996 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
17997 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17999 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
18000 *User defined LaTeX block names.
18001 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
18003 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
18004 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
18005 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
18006 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
18008 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
18009 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
18010 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
18011 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
18013 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
18014 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
18015 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
18016 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
18018 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
18019 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
18022 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
18023 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
18025 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
18028 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
18029 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
18030 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
18031 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
18033 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
18034 window system being used. For example,
18036 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
18037 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
18039 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
18042 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
18043 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
18044 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
18046 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
18047 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
18048 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
18049 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
18050 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
18052 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
18053 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
18055 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
18056 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
18058 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
18059 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
18060 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
18061 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
18062 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
18063 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
18064 says which mode to use." t nil)
18066 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
18068 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
18070 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
18072 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
18073 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
18074 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
18075 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
18076 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
18078 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
18079 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
18080 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
18081 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
18082 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
18083 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
18084 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
18086 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
18087 mismatched $'s or braces.
18090 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
18094 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
18096 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
18097 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
18098 tex-dvi-print-command
18099 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
18100 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
18101 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
18102 argument) to print a .dvi file.
18103 tex-dvi-view-command
18104 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
18105 tex-show-queue-command
18106 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
18107 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
18109 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
18110 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
18111 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
18113 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
18114 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
18115 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
18116 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
18117 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
18119 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
18120 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
18121 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
18122 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
18123 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
18124 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
18125 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
18127 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
18128 mismatched $'s or braces.
18135 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
18137 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
18138 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
18139 tex-dvi-print-command
18140 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
18141 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
18142 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
18143 argument) to print a .dvi file.
18144 tex-dvi-view-command
18145 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
18146 tex-show-queue-command
18147 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
18148 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
18150 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
18151 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
18152 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
18154 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
18155 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
18156 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
18157 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
18158 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
18160 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
18161 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
18162 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
18163 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
18164 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
18165 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
18166 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
18168 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
18169 mismatched $'s or braces.
18172 \\{slitex-mode-map}
18176 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
18178 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
18179 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
18180 tex-dvi-print-command
18181 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
18182 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
18183 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
18184 argument) to print a .dvi file.
18185 tex-dvi-view-command
18186 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
18187 tex-show-queue-command
18188 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
18189 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
18191 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
18192 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
18193 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
18194 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
18196 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
18200 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
18201 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15498 37611))
18202 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
18204 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
18205 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
18206 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
18207 name specified in the @setfilename command.
18209 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
18210 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
18211 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
18213 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
18214 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
18215 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
18216 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
18217 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
18219 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
18220 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
18221 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
18222 names specified in the @setfilename command.
18224 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
18225 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
18226 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
18227 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
18229 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
18230 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
18234 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
18235 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15656 53217))
18236 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
18238 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
18239 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
18241 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
18242 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
18244 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
18245 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
18247 It has these extra commands:
18248 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
18250 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
18251 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
18252 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
18253 modified version of TeX input format.
18255 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
18256 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
18257 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
18258 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
18260 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
18261 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
18262 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
18263 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
18264 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
18265 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
18266 in the Texinfo file.
18268 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
18269 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
18270 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
18271 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
18272 move forward past the closing brace.
18274 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
18275 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
18277 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
18278 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
18279 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
18281 Here are the functions:
18283 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
18284 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
18285 texinfo-sequential-node-update
18287 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
18288 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
18289 texinfo-master-menu
18291 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
18293 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
18294 which menu descriptions are indented.
18296 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
18297 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
18300 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
18301 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
18302 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
18303 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
18305 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
18306 be the first node in the file.
18308 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
18309 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
18313 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
18314 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
18315 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15382 18841))
18316 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
18318 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
18319 Compose Thai characters in the region.
18320 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18321 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
18323 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
18324 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
18326 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
18327 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
18329 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
18331 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
18332 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
18333 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
18334 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
18337 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
18341 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
18342 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
18343 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15185 49574))
18344 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
18346 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
18347 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
18349 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
18350 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
18351 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
18352 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
18353 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
18355 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
18356 a symbol as a valid THING.
18358 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
18359 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
18361 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
18362 Return the THING at point.
18363 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
18364 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
18365 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
18367 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
18368 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
18370 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
18372 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
18374 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
18376 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
18380 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
18381 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
18382 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
18383 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
18384 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
18385 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15576 41093))
18386 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
18388 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
18389 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
18390 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
18392 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
18393 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
18395 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
18396 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
18397 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
18399 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
18400 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
18402 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
18403 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
18405 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
18406 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
18407 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
18408 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." t nil)
18410 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
18411 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
18412 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
18413 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." nil nil)
18415 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
18417 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
18418 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
18419 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
18421 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
18422 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
18423 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
18425 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
18427 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
18429 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
18433 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
18434 ;;;;;; (15489 14486))
18435 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
18437 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
18438 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
18439 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
18440 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
18442 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
18444 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
18445 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
18446 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
18447 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
18449 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
18453 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
18454 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15567 16402))
18455 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
18457 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
18458 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
18460 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
18461 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
18462 This display updates automatically every minute.
18463 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
18464 are displayed as well.
18465 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
18467 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
18468 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
18469 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18470 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18471 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
18473 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18475 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
18477 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
18478 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
18479 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
18481 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
18482 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
18483 are displayed as well.
18484 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
18488 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
18489 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
18490 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
18491 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
18492 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
18494 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
18495 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value." nil nil)
18497 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
18498 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value." nil nil)
18500 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
18501 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2." nil nil)
18503 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
18504 Convert DAYS into a time value." nil nil)
18506 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
18507 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
18508 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string." nil nil)
18510 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
18512 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
18513 Subtract two time values.
18514 Return the difference in the format of a time value." nil nil)
18516 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
18517 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference." nil nil)
18519 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
18520 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
18521 DATE should be a date-time string." nil nil)
18523 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
18524 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
18525 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings." nil nil)
18527 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
18528 Return t if YEAR is a leap year." nil nil)
18530 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
18531 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year." nil nil)
18533 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
18534 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
18535 TIME should be a time value.
18536 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary." nil nil)
18538 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
18539 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
18540 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros." nil nil)
18544 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
18545 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15590 49016))
18546 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
18548 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
18549 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
18550 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
18551 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
18552 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
18553 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
18554 look like one of the following:
18557 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
18558 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
18559 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
18560 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
18561 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
18562 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
18565 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
18566 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
18567 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18571 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
18572 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
18573 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
18574 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
18575 ;;;;;; (15664 47249))
18576 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
18578 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
18579 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
18580 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
18581 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
18582 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
18583 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
18584 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
18585 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
18587 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
18588 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
18589 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
18590 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
18591 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
18592 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
18593 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
18594 this function is called within a day.
18596 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
18597 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
18598 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
18599 discover the name of the project." t nil)
18601 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
18602 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
18603 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
18604 begun during the last time segment.
18606 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
18607 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
18608 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
18609 discover the reason." t nil)
18611 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
18612 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
18614 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
18615 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
18616 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
18617 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
18618 project you were working on." t nil)
18620 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
18621 Ask the user before clocking out.
18622 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
18624 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
18625 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
18626 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
18628 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
18629 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
18630 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
18631 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
18632 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
18633 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
18635 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
18636 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
18637 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
18638 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
18640 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
18641 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
18642 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
18643 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
18644 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
18645 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
18646 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
18647 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
18652 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
18653 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
18654 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15671 8032))
18655 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
18657 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
18659 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
18660 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
18662 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
18663 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
18665 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
18666 Perform an action at time TIME.
18667 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
18668 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
18669 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
18670 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
18671 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
18672 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
18674 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
18676 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
18677 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
18678 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
18679 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
18680 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
18682 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
18684 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
18685 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
18686 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
18687 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
18689 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
18690 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
18691 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
18692 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
18694 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
18695 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
18697 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
18698 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18700 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
18701 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
18702 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
18703 The call should look like:
18704 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
18705 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
18706 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
18707 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
18708 be detected." nil (quote macro))
18712 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
18713 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15683 14756))
18714 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
18716 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
18717 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
18718 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
18719 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
18721 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
18722 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
18723 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
18724 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
18725 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
18726 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
18727 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
18731 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
18732 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 56039))
18733 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
18734 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
18735 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
18736 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
18738 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
18739 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
18740 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
18741 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
18742 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
18744 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
18745 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
18746 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
18747 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
18748 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
18750 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
18751 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
18752 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
18753 in the menu in two ways:
18754 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
18755 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
18756 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
18758 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
18759 keymap or an alist of alists.
18760 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
18761 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
18765 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
18766 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
18767 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
18768 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
18770 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
18771 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
18773 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
18774 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
18776 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
18777 Insert new TODO list entry.
18778 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
18781 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
18782 List top priorities for each category.
18784 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
18785 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
18787 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
18788 between each category." t nil)
18790 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
18791 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
18792 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
18793 between each category.
18795 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
18797 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
18798 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
18800 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
18802 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
18803 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
18805 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
18806 Show TODO list." t nil)
18810 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
18811 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
18812 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15669 19466))
18813 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
18815 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
18816 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
18817 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18819 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
18821 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18823 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
18825 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
18826 Toggle use of the tool bar.
18827 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
18829 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
18830 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
18832 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
18834 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
18835 Add an item to the tool bar.
18836 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
18837 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
18838 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
18839 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
18841 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
18842 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
18843 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
18845 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
18846 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
18848 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
18849 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
18850 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
18851 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
18852 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
18853 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
18855 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
18856 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
18857 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'." nil nil)
18859 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
18860 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
18861 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
18862 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
18863 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
18864 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
18865 properties to add to the binding.
18867 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
18869 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
18870 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
18872 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
18873 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
18874 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
18875 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
18876 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
18877 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
18878 properties to add to the binding.
18880 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap." nil nil)
18884 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
18885 ;;;;;; (15642 10295))
18886 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
18888 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
18889 Mode for tooltip display.
18890 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
18892 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
18893 Toggle tooltip-mode.
18894 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18895 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
18897 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18899 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
18903 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15651
18905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
18907 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18909 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18911 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
18912 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
18916 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
18917 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15186 56483))
18918 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
18920 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
18921 Set scroll margins." t nil)
18923 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
18924 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
18926 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
18927 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
18931 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15293 32313))
18932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
18934 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
18935 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
18936 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
18937 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
18938 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
18942 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
18943 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14582 7181))
18944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
18946 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
18947 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
18949 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
18950 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
18951 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18952 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18953 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18954 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
18955 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
18956 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
18958 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
18959 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
18960 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18961 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18962 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18963 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
18964 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
18968 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-regexp)
18969 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (15731 28628))
18970 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
18972 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
18973 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
18974 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
18975 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
18977 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
18978 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
18979 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
18980 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
18982 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if (featurep (quote xemacs)) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) "\
18983 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
18984 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
18985 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
18986 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
18987 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
18988 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
18989 files which are not really tramp files.
18991 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
18992 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
18993 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
18994 updated after changing this variable.
18996 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure' and `tramp-make-tramp-file-format'.")
18998 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
18999 Invoke tramp file name handler.
19000 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." nil nil)
19002 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
19006 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
19007 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
19008 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
19009 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
19010 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
19011 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
19013 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
19014 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
19015 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
19016 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
19017 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
19018 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
19019 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
19021 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
19022 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
19023 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
19024 accepting the proposed default buffer.
19026 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
19028 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
19029 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
19030 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
19031 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
19032 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
19033 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
19034 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
19036 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
19037 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
19039 First column's text sSs Second column's text
19042 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
19044 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
19048 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
19049 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
19050 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
19051 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14890 29229))
19052 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
19054 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
19055 Toggle typing break mode.
19056 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
19057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19058 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
19060 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19062 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
19064 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
19065 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
19067 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
19068 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
19070 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
19071 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
19072 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
19074 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
19075 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
19077 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
19078 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
19079 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
19081 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
19082 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
19083 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
19084 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
19085 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
19086 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
19088 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
19089 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
19090 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
19091 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
19093 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
19094 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
19096 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
19097 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
19099 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
19100 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
19101 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
19103 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
19104 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
19105 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
19106 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
19107 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
19108 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
19109 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
19111 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
19112 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
19114 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
19115 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
19116 reset the keystroke counter.
19118 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
19119 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
19120 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
19121 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
19123 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
19124 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
19125 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
19126 `type-break-schedule' command.
19128 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
19129 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
19130 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
19131 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
19132 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
19133 or not to continue.
19135 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
19136 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
19137 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
19138 approximate good values for this.
19140 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
19141 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
19143 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
19144 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
19145 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
19146 `type-break-warning-repeat'
19147 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
19148 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
19150 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
19151 a typing break occur. They include:
19153 `type-break-query-mode'
19154 `type-break-query-function'
19155 `type-break-query-interval'
19157 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
19159 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
19160 Take a typing break.
19162 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
19163 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
19165 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
19166 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
19168 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
19169 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
19170 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
19171 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
19173 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
19174 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
19176 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
19177 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
19178 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
19179 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
19180 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
19181 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
19182 average typing speed.)
19184 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
19185 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
19186 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
19187 the computed maximum threshold.
19189 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
19190 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
19191 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
19192 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
19193 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
19197 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
19198 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15185 49575))
19199 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
19201 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
19202 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
19203 Works by overstriking underscores.
19204 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
19205 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
19207 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
19208 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
19209 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
19210 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
19214 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
19215 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14471 54769))
19216 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
19218 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
19219 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
19220 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
19222 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
19223 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
19224 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
19225 following the containing message." t nil)
19229 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
19230 ;;;;;; (15214 26446))
19231 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
19233 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
19234 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
19235 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
19236 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
19237 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
19238 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
19240 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
19241 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
19245 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
19246 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
19247 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
19249 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
19250 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
19251 This function has a choice of three things to do:
19252 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
19253 to refrain from editing the file
19254 return t (grab the lock on the file)
19255 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
19256 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
19257 in any way you like." nil nil)
19259 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
19260 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
19261 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
19262 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
19263 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
19265 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
19266 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
19270 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
19271 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15185 54813))
19272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
19274 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
19275 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
19276 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
19277 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
19279 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
19280 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
19281 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
19285 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
19286 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
19287 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
19288 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers
19289 ;;;;;; vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action
19290 ;;;;;; vc-do-command edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook
19291 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15735 17293))
19292 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
19294 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
19295 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
19298 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
19299 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
19302 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
19303 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
19306 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
19307 Return the branch part of a revision number REV." nil nil)
19309 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
19310 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
19311 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
19312 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
19313 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
19314 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
19316 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
19317 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
19318 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
19319 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
19320 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
19322 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
19323 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
19324 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
19325 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
19326 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
19327 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
19328 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
19329 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
19330 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
19331 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
19332 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
19334 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
19335 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
19337 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
19338 it will operate on the file in the current line.
19340 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
19341 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
19342 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
19343 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
19344 lock steals will raise an error.
19346 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
19348 For RCS and SCCS files:
19349 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
19351 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
19352 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
19353 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
19354 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
19355 it performs a revert.
19356 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
19357 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
19358 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
19359 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
19360 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
19361 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
19362 the option to steal the lock.
19365 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
19366 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
19367 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
19368 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
19369 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
19370 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
19371 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
19372 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
19373 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
19375 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
19376 Register the current file into a version control system.
19377 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
19378 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
19380 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
19381 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
19382 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
19383 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
19384 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
19385 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
19387 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
19388 Display diffs between file versions.
19389 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
19390 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
19391 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
19392 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
19393 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
19394 saving the buffer." t nil)
19396 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
19397 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
19398 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
19399 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
19401 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
19402 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
19403 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
19404 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
19406 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
19407 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
19408 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
19409 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
19410 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
19411 from the current branch.
19413 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
19415 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
19416 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
19417 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
19419 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
19420 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
19422 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
19424 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
19425 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
19427 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
19428 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
19429 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
19430 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
19431 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
19432 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
19434 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
19435 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
19436 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
19437 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
19438 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
19439 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
19441 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
19442 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
19444 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
19445 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
19446 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
19447 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
19448 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
19450 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
19451 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
19452 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
19453 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
19454 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
19455 the current branch are merged into the working file." t nil)
19457 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
19458 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
19459 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
19461 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
19462 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
19463 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
19464 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
19465 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
19466 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
19467 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
19469 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
19470 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
19471 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
19472 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
19473 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
19474 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
19475 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
19476 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
19477 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
19479 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
19480 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
19482 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
19483 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
19484 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
19487 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
19489 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
19490 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
19491 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
19493 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
19494 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
19496 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
19497 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
19499 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
19500 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
19501 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
19502 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
19503 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
19504 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
19506 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
19507 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
19508 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
19509 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
19510 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
19511 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
19512 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
19513 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
19515 Customization variables:
19517 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
19518 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
19519 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
19520 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
19524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15651 7288))
19525 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
19526 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
19527 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
19528 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
19530 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
19534 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
19535 ;;;;;; (15735 17293))
19536 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
19538 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
19539 *Where to look for RCS master files.
19540 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
19542 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
19546 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
19547 ;;;;;; (15510 21813))
19548 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
19550 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
19551 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
19552 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
19554 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
19556 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
19557 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
19558 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
19559 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
19563 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
19564 ;;;;;; (15738 35332))
19565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
19567 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
19568 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
19573 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
19574 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
19575 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
19576 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
19577 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
19578 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
19579 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
19580 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
19581 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
19582 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
19583 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
19584 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
19585 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
19586 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
19587 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
19588 The following abbreviations can also be used:
19589 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
19590 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
19591 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
19593 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
19594 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
19595 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
19597 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
19598 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
19599 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
19600 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
19601 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
19602 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
19603 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
19604 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
19605 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
19607 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
19608 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
19609 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
19610 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
19611 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
19612 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
19613 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
19614 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
19616 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
19617 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
19618 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
19621 `--' puts a single comment.
19622 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
19623 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
19624 comment in between.
19625 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
19627 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
19628 uncomments a region if already commented out.
19630 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
19631 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
19632 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
19633 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
19634 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
19635 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
19636 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
19637 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
19638 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
19639 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
19640 multi-line comments.
19642 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
19643 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
19644 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
19645 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
19646 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
19647 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
19648 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
19649 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
19650 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
19652 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
19653 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
19654 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
19655 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
19656 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
19657 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
19658 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
19659 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
19660 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
19661 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
19663 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
19664 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
19665 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
19666 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
19667 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
19668 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
19669 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
19670 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
19671 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
19672 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
19673 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
19674 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
19675 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
19677 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
19679 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
19682 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
19684 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
19685 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
19686 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
19687 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
19688 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
19690 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
19691 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
19692 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
19693 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
19694 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
19695 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
19696 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
19697 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
19698 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
19700 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
19701 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
19702 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
19703 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
19706 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
19707 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
19708 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
19709 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
19710 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
19711 the current directory for VHDL source files.
19713 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
19714 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
19715 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
19716 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
19717 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
19718 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
19719 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
19720 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
19721 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
19722 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
19723 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
19725 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
19726 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
19729 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
19730 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
19731 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
19732 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
19733 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
19734 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
19735 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
19736 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
19738 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
19739 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
19740 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
19741 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
19742 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
19743 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
19745 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
19746 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
19747 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
19748 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
19749 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
19751 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
19752 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
19753 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
19754 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
19755 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
19757 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
19758 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
19759 highlighted if written in lower case.
19761 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
19762 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
19765 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
19766 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
19767 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
19769 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
19770 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
19771 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
19773 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
19774 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
19775 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
19777 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
19778 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
19779 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
19780 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
19781 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
19782 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
19783 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
19785 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
19786 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
19787 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
19788 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
19789 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
19791 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
19792 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
19793 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
19794 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19797 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
19803 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
19804 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
19806 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
19808 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
19809 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
19810 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
19811 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
19813 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
19814 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
19815 version and release notes can be found.
19818 Bugs and Limitations:
19819 ---------------------
19821 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
19822 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
19823 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
19824 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
19825 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
19826 does not work under XEmacs.
19829 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
19830 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
19835 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
19839 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15186 53885))
19840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
19842 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
19843 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
19844 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
19845 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
19847 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
19848 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
19849 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
19850 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
19851 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
19853 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
19854 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
19856 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
19858 * Limitations and unsupported features
19859 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
19861 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
19862 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
19865 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
19866 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
19867 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
19868 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
19869 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
19870 for undoing a repeated change command.
19871 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
19872 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
19873 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
19876 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
19877 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
19878 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
19879 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
19880 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
19881 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
19882 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
19883 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
19885 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
19889 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
19890 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
19891 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
19892 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15565 44318))
19893 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
19895 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
19896 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
19898 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
19899 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
19900 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19901 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
19903 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
19904 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
19906 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
19907 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
19908 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19909 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
19911 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
19912 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
19914 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
19916 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
19920 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
19921 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
19922 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15625
19924 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
19926 (defvar view-mode nil "\
19927 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
19928 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
19929 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
19931 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
19933 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
19934 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
19935 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19936 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19937 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19938 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19939 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19941 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19943 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
19944 View FILE in View mode in another window.
19945 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
19946 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19947 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19948 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19949 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19950 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19952 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19954 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
19955 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
19956 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
19957 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19958 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19959 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19960 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19961 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19963 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19965 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
19966 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
19967 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19968 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19969 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19970 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19971 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19973 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19975 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19976 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19977 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19979 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
19980 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
19981 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19982 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19983 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19984 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19985 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19986 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19988 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19990 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19991 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19992 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19994 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
19995 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
19996 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19997 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19998 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19999 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
20000 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
20001 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
20003 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
20005 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
20006 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
20007 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
20009 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
20010 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
20011 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
20013 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
20014 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
20015 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
20018 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
20019 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
20020 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
20021 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
20022 commands default to a repeat count of one.
20024 H, h, ? This message.
20025 Digits provide prefix arguments.
20026 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
20027 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
20028 > move to the end of buffer.
20029 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
20030 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
20031 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
20032 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
20033 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
20034 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
20035 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
20036 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
20037 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
20038 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
20039 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
20040 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
20041 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
20042 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
20043 Use this to view a changing file.
20044 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
20045 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
20046 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
20048 x exchanges point and mark.
20049 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
20050 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
20051 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
20052 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
20053 ' go to position saved in character register.
20054 s do forward incremental search.
20055 r do reverse incremental search.
20056 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
20057 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
20058 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
20059 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
20060 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
20061 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
20062 p searches backward for last regular expression.
20063 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
20064 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
20065 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
20066 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
20067 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
20068 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
20069 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
20070 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
20072 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
20073 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
20074 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
20075 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
20076 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
20077 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
20078 will return to that buffer.
20080 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
20082 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
20083 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
20084 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
20085 `view-return-to-alist'.
20086 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
20087 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
20088 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
20090 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
20091 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
20092 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
20093 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
20094 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
20096 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
20097 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
20098 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
20099 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
20101 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
20103 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
20105 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
20106 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
20110 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15186 56483))
20111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
20113 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
20114 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
20118 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
20119 ;;;;;; (15564 59462))
20120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
20122 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
20123 Toggle Viper on/off.
20124 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
20126 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
20127 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
20131 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "warnings.el"
20132 ;;;;;; (15738 35331))
20133 ;;; Generated autoloads from warnings.el
20135 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
20136 Function to generate warning prefixes.
20137 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
20138 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
20139 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
20140 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
20141 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
20142 the beginning of the warning.")
20144 (defvar warning-series nil "\
20145 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
20146 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
20147 which is the start of the current series; it means that
20148 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
20149 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
20150 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
20151 also call that function before the next warning.")
20153 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
20154 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
20156 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\
20157 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message.
20158 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the
20159 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
20161 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
20162 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
20163 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol),
20164 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
20165 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
20166 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
20168 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
20169 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
20170 if you do not attend to it promptly.
20171 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
20172 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
20173 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
20174 :debug -- info for debugging only.
20176 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
20177 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
20179 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
20181 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
20182 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features." nil nil)
20184 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
20185 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
20186 Aside from generating the message with `format',
20187 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
20189 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
20190 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
20191 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
20192 can be whatever you like.)
20194 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
20195 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
20196 if you do not attend to it promptly.
20197 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
20198 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances." nil nil)
20200 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
20201 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
20202 Aside from generating the message with `format',
20203 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
20204 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level." nil nil)
20208 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15381 44879))
20209 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
20211 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
20212 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
20214 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
20217 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
20218 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
20222 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
20223 ;;;;;; (15707 34351))
20224 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
20226 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
20228 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
20229 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
20230 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20232 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
20234 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
20236 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
20238 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
20239 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
20240 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
20241 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
20243 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
20244 and off otherwise." t nil)
20248 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
20249 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
20250 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
20251 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
20252 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
20253 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15384 59073))
20254 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
20256 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
20257 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
20259 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
20260 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
20262 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
20263 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
20265 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
20266 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
20268 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
20269 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
20271 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
20272 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
20274 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
20275 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
20276 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
20277 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
20278 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
20280 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
20282 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
20283 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
20285 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
20286 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
20288 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
20289 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
20291 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
20292 whitespace problems." t nil)
20294 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
20295 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
20297 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
20298 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
20300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20301 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
20304 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
20306 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
20308 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
20309 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
20310 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
20312 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
20313 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
20315 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
20316 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
20317 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
20319 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
20320 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
20322 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
20323 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
20325 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
20326 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
20327 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
20328 replaced with TABS).
20329 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
20330 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
20332 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
20334 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
20335 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
20337 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
20338 i - Indentation whitespace.
20339 l - Leading whitespace.
20340 s - Space followed by Tab.
20341 t - Trailing whitespace.
20343 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
20346 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
20347 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
20348 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
20349 always they default to 8.)
20351 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
20352 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
20355 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
20356 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
20357 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
20358 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
20359 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
20360 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
20361 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
20364 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
20367 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
20368 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
20369 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
20373 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
20374 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15698 64355))
20375 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
20377 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
20378 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
20380 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
20381 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
20383 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
20384 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
20386 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
20387 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
20388 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
20392 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
20393 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15683
20395 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
20397 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
20398 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget." nil nil)
20400 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
20401 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
20402 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
20404 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
20405 Create widget of TYPE.
20406 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
20408 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
20409 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
20411 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
20412 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only." nil nil)
20414 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
20415 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
20416 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
20418 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
20419 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works." nil nil)
20423 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
20424 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15576
20426 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
20428 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
20429 Select the window to the left of the current one.
20430 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
20431 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
20432 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
20433 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
20434 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
20436 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
20437 Select the window above the current one.
20438 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
20439 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
20440 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
20441 negative ARG) of the current window.
20442 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
20444 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
20445 Select the window to the right of the current one.
20446 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
20447 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
20448 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
20449 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
20450 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
20452 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
20453 Select the window below the current one.
20454 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
20455 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
20456 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
20457 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
20458 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
20460 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
20461 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
20462 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
20463 Default MODIFIER is 'shift." t nil)
20467 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
20468 ;;;;;; (15483 45821))
20469 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
20471 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
20472 Toggle winner-mode.
20473 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20474 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
20476 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
20478 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
20480 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
20481 Toggle Winner mode.
20482 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
20486 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
20487 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15584 9753))
20488 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
20490 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
20491 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
20492 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
20493 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
20494 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
20495 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
20496 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
20497 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
20499 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
20500 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
20502 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
20503 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
20505 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
20506 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
20507 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
20508 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
20509 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
20510 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
20511 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
20512 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
20516 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
20517 ;;;;;; (15394 13301))
20518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
20520 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
20521 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
20524 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
20525 are not implemented
20526 - Options for search and replace
20527 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
20528 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
20530 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
20533 The key bindings are:
20543 C-i indent-for-tab-command
20545 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
20546 C-l ws-repeat-search
20549 C-r scroll-down-line
20556 C-y kill-complete-line
20559 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
20560 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
20561 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
20562 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
20563 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
20564 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
20565 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
20566 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
20567 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
20568 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
20569 C-k b ws-begin-block
20570 C-k c ws-copy-block
20571 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
20573 C-k h ws-show-markers
20574 C-k i ws-indent-block
20576 C-k p ws-print-block
20579 C-k s save-some-buffers
20581 C-k u ws-exdent-block
20582 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
20583 C-k v ws-move-block
20584 C-k w ws-write-block
20586 C-k y ws-delete-block
20588 C-o c wordstar-center-line
20589 C-o b switch-to-buffer
20590 C-o j justify-current-line
20593 C-o m auto-fill-mode
20594 C-o r set-fill-column
20595 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
20596 C-o wd delete-other-windows
20597 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
20598 C-o wo other-window
20599 C-o wv split-window-vertically
20601 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
20602 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
20603 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
20604 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
20605 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
20606 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
20607 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
20608 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
20609 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
20610 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
20611 C-q a ws-query-replace
20612 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
20613 C-q c end-of-buffer
20616 C-q k ws-to-block-end
20618 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
20619 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
20620 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
20621 C-q w ws-last-error
20623 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
20628 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15698
20630 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
20632 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
20633 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
20634 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20635 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20636 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
20638 (custom-add-to-group (quote xterm-mouse) (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-variable))
20640 (custom-add-load (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote xt-mouse))
20642 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
20643 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
20644 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
20646 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
20650 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
20651 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
20652 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
20654 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
20655 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
20657 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
20658 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
20660 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
20661 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
20662 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
20664 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
20665 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
20669 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15640 49864))
20670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
20672 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
20673 Zone out, completely." t nil)
20677 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
20678 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15567 16402))
20679 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
20681 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
20682 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified." t nil)
20684 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
20685 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
20687 Zone-mode does two things:
20689 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
20690 when saving the file
20692 - fontification" t nil)
20696 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("textmodes/text-mode.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
20697 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "term/x-win.el" "language/european.el"
20698 ;;;;;; "international/utf-8.el" "international/mule.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el"
20699 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "vcursor.el" "vc-hooks.el" "subr.el" "startup.el"
20700 ;;;;;; "simple.el" "replace.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "menu-bar.el" "font-core.el"
20701 ;;;;;; "files.el" "faces.el" "play/meese.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
20702 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "window.el" "uniquify.el" "saveplace.el"
20703 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "term/mac-win.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
20704 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
20705 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
20706 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "select.el" "language/indian.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
20707 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "language/georgian.el" "international/utf-16.el"
20708 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-tables.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
20709 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "cus-start.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
20710 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "international/utf-8-subst.el"
20711 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/characters.el"
20712 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "loadup.el" "help.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
20713 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
20714 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
20715 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt320.el"
20716 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt201.el"
20717 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt100.el"
20718 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
20719 ;;;;;; "term/rxvt.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/lk201.el"
20720 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/internal.el"
20721 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/AT386.el"
20722 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
20723 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
20724 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
20725 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
20726 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-menu.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
20727 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sc.el"
20728 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el"
20729 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
20730 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/mspools.el"
20731 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-seq.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
20732 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
20733 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/thai.el" "language/slovak.el"
20734 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/lao.el"
20735 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/hebrew.el"
20736 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/english.el"
20737 ;;;;;; "language/devanagari.el" "language/czech.el" "language/chinese.el"
20738 ;;;;;; "international/swedish.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/latin-9.el"
20739 ;;;;;; "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-4.el"
20740 ;;;;;; "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-1.el"
20741 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/iso-swed.el"
20742 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
20743 ;;;;;; "gnus/webmail.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
20744 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
20745 ;;;;;; "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
20746 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
20747 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
20748 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
20749 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
20750 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
20751 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
20752 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el"
20753 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
20754 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
20755 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el"
20756 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
20757 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
20758 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
20759 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
20760 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
20761 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
20762 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
20763 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
20764 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el"
20765 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
20766 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
20767 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
20768 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20769 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
20770 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
20771 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
20772 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
20773 ;;;;;; "net/netrc.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
20774 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
20775 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
20776 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
20777 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
20778 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
20779 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
20780 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
20781 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
20782 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
20783 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
20784 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
20785 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
20786 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
20787 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
20788 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
20789 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
20790 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
20791 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
20792 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "xml.el" "widget.el" "vt100-led.el" "vt-control.el"
20793 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vms-patch.el" "unused.el" "timezone.el" "tempo.el"
20794 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "scroll-bar.el" "s-region.el" "register.el"
20795 ;;;;;; "regi.el" "pcvs-util.el" "paths.el" "patcomp.el" "mouse-drag.el"
20796 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "map-ynp.el" "kermit.el" "isearch.el" "generic-x.el"
20797 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "forms-d2.el" "foldout.el" "float-sup.el"
20798 ;;;;;; "env.el" "emacs-lock.el" "electric.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-merg.el"
20799 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-hook.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-fns.el"
20800 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cdl.el" "case-table.el" "byte-run.el" "buff-menu.el"
20801 ;;;;;; "abbrevlist.el" "abbrev.el" "custom.el" "indent.el" "version.el"
20802 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "xscheme.el" "net/ldap.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
20803 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
20804 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el"
20805 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
20806 ;;;;;; "filesets.el" "format.el" "pcvs-info.el" "w32-fns.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
20807 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
20808 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
20809 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
20810 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
20811 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/w32-win.el"
20812 ;;;;;; "term/xterm.el" "allout.el" "bindings.el" "cus-load.el" "finder-inf.el"
20813 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "mouse-copy.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
20814 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
20815 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
20816 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
20817 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el") (15739 50398 369119))
20821 ;;; Local Variables:
20822 ;;; version-control: never
20823 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
20824 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
20826 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here